B e 2013
B e 2013
B e 2013
:
P3059 [5059]-501 [Total No. of Pages :3
B.E (Civil)
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING - II
(2012 Course) (Semester-I) (401001)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, and Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
3) Draw Neat figures wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of scientific calculators is allowed.
Q1) a) Define treatability index. Write wastewater treatment option with respect
to treatability index. [4]
b) Write the procedure to determine total volatile solids and its significance
in wastewater treatment. .[6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain pumping of sewage with respect to need, location and types of
pumps. [5]
b) Design a mechanically cleaned radial flow circular settling tank for treating
sewage from a population of 25000 persons. [5]
Given:
Maximum hourly flow = (1/14) of the daily flow
Volume of sludge = 1.19 1/c/d
Water consumption = 135 1/c/d
Q3) a) Write the difference between preliminary treatment and primary treatment.[5]
b) Write a short note on the self-purification of streams. [5]
OR
[5059]-501 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Calculate the effluent BOD of a two stage trickling filter with the
following data [6]
i) Flow = 2.30 m3/min
ii) BOD5 = 300 mg/1
iii) Volume of filter 1 = 900 m3
iv) Volume of filter 2 = 900 m3
v) Filter depth = 2m
vi) Recirculation ratio for both the filter = 1.5
OR
Q7) a) Design a sludge digestion tank with the following data [8]
i) Average flow of sewage = 60 MLD
ii) Total suspended solids in raw sewage = 350 mg/1
iii) Volatile suspended solids = 250 mg/1
iv) Moisture content in the digested sludge = 87 %
v) Removal from PST = 65 %
vi) Moisture content in fresh sludge = 95 %
[5059]-501 2
b) Draw a flowchart of package sewage treatment plant and explain its working
principle. Write its advantages and disadvantages. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Design a gravity thickeners for thickening the combined primary and
activated sludge from a treatment plant for 150000 population. [8]
b) Write working principle of UASB. Enlist design parameters of UASB
and its limitations. [8]
Q9) a) Enlist different units used in preliminary, primary and secondary treatment
in industrial wastewater treatment. Write its significance for which
impurities to be removed. [9]
b) Explain equalization and neutralization unit process with respect to its
working principle, need, factors affecting the process and application.[9]
OR
Q10)a) Draw a neat sketch showing the points where spent wash is generated in
the distillery. [6]
b) Discuss the characteristics of dairy industry. [4]
c) Draw a flow chart showing various treatment units used to treat sugar
industry wastewater. Explain the important units. [8]
P P P
[5059]-501 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2143 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5059]-502
B.E. (Civil)
TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING
(2012 Course) (End Sem.) (Semester-I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, and Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronics pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Discuss briefly the development of roads since inception of Indian Road
Congress. [5]
b) For economical road alignment shortest length is usually the best. What
circumstances justify a deviation far from the principle? [5]
OR
Q2) a) Preventive measures for road accidents consists of Engineering,
Enforcement and Education aids. Explain each briefly. Have you any
suggestions to prevent road accident. [5]
b) Distinguish clearly between Camber and Super elevation. How super
elevation is provided in the field. [5]
Q3) a) Define SSD. Assuming a brake efficiency of 50% and a total of perception
and brake reaction time of 1.5 sec. Calculate the minimum required sight
distance to avoid a collision with a car approaching from the opposite
direction, if both the cars are assumed to be speeding at 60 kmph. [5]
b) Following test results were obtained by CBR test on a subgrade soil:
P.T.O.
Penetration Load Penetration Load
(mm) (Kg) (mm) (Kg)
0.00 0.00 3.00 58.00
0.50 5.00 4.00 70.00
1.00 17.00 5.00 78.00
1.50 29.00 7.50 92.00
2.00 42.00 10.00 102.00
2.50 50.00 12.50 108.00
Calculate CBR value at 2.5 mm and 5.00 mm penetration level. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Calculate warping stress at Interior and Longitudinal Edge region for
concrete pavement of thickness 20 cm with transverse joint at [5]
15m spacing and having pavement width of 3.8 m.
Modulus of elasticity of concrete = 3.0 105 kg/cm2
Poissons ratio = 0.15
Modulus of subgrade reaction = 3.0 kg/cm3
Temperature differential = 1.0 Celcius per cm
Thermal coefficient of concrete = 7.5 106 per Celcius
Radius of loaded area 15 cm
Assume Cx = 1.03 and Cy = 0.60
b) Explain in brief the following: [5]
i) Tack coat ii) Prime coat
iii) VG-30 iv) CRMB
v) Cutback
Q5) a) Explain with a neat sketch, how three controls are used to monitor the
aircraft movement. [6]
b) Explain stepwise procedure of construction of Wind Rose Type II
diagram. [6]
c) State the various objects of carrying out survey for planning of a new
airport. [4]
OR
[5059]-502 2
Q6) a) What do you mean by Taxiway? Describe in brief the factors controlling
layout of a Taxiway. [2 + 4 = 6]
b) Differentiate between Minimum Turning radius and Minimum circling
radius. Also state the significance of each term. [6]
c) Explain in brief Head wind and Cross wind. [4]
Q7) a) Describe the methodology involved in the use of Rational Method for
computation of maximum flood discharge from small catchment. [6]
b) Define waterway. State the various recommendations for fixing the
waterway of different streams. [4]
c) Define the following terms: [6]
i) Causeway ii) Aqueduct
iii) Viaduct
OR
Q8) a) A bridge has 4 spans of 8m each. When the flood water approaches the
bridge, the difference of level of water on upstream and downstream
side is 1.85m and the downstream depth is 6.8m. The bridge is located
on a river with a slope of 1 in 500. The coefficient of losses due to
friction because of bridge opening is 0.96. Chezys coefficient is 50 and
hydraulic mean depth for a river is 3.0m. Determine the flood discharge.
[8]
b) Define Economic Span. Derive an equation for economical span. [6]
c) Distinguish between Alluvial and Qasi-alluvial stream. [2]
Q9) a) The catchment area of a stream is of sandy soil with light vegetation
cover and the area of the catchment is 15000 hectares. The length of the
catchment is 26 km and the fall in level from the critical point to the
bridge site is 185m. Calculate peak runoff for designing the bridge if the
severest storm recorded yielded 18 cm of rain in 4 hours. Assume value
of area factor is equal to 0.70 and coefficient to account for losses due
to absorption is 0.20. [6]
b) What do you understand by movable bridges? Explain any two types of
movable bridges with the help of neat sketch. [6]
[5059]-502 3
c) Discuss in brief the following: [6]
i) Live Load
ii) Wind Load
iii) Buoyancy Force
OR
Q10)a) State the various purposes of providing bridge bearings. Why are
elastomeric bearings preferable to the usual steel bearings for highway
bridges. [4 + 2 = 6]
b) Define Pier. Draw a neat sketch of the Hammer head shape pier and
Multiple bent pier. [6]
c) Explain in brief the need of maintenance and strengthening of existing
old bridges. [6]
[5059]-502 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2144 [5059]-503
[Total No. of Pages : 3
B.E. (Civil)
STRUCTURAL DESIGN AND DRAWING-III
(2012 Course) (Semester-I) (End Semester) (401003)
Time : 3 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4; Q.5 or Q.6; Q.7 or Q.8; and Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Figures in bold to the right, indicate full marks.
3) IS 456, IS 1343, IS 3370 and IS 13920 are allowed in the examination.
4) The designs should comply with the latest codal provisions.
5) If necessary, assume suitable data and indicate clearly.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
P.T.O.
b) A four storey building has the following data: [6]
Overall plan dimension = 20m 16m
Number of bays 4m each in X direction = 5
Number of bays 4m each in Z direction = 4
First storey height = 4m
Height of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th storey = 3.0m
Size of beams = 300 mm 600 mm
Size of columns = 500 mm 400 mm
Slab thickness = 150 mm
Live load = 3.5 kN/m2 on floors and 2 kN/m2 on roof
External masonary walls of thickness 230 mm and internal walls of
115 mm thickness have been provided.
Building located in Pune on hard strata with 5% damping evaluate
the seismic weight of each floor and hence total seismic weight of
building Calculate the base shear using seismic coefficient method.
OR
Q4) a) How are lateral loads analyzed in multistoried buildings? Explain any one
method. [4]
b) Design the three span continuous beam PQRS for combined effect of
lateral and gravity loads for flexure only. The three beams have equal
span of 5m. The design data for the beam is Mp() = 88.07 kNm;
MQ () = 137.92 kNm; MPQ (+) = 84.41 kNm and MQR (+) = 61.45 kNm.
Moments due to lateral load is 108 kNm. Draw the details of reinforcement
as per IS 13920. [6]
[5059]-503 2
Q6) Design an inverted L-shaped retaining having stem and toe to retain a backfill
of 2.8m. The backfill is horizontal and the unit weight of the soil is 17 kN/m3,
angle of repose = 30, SBC of soil = 180 kN/m2, good foundation is available
at a depth of 1.0m. Design and sketch the details of reinforcement in the wall
and toe slab. [16]
Q7) Two columns C1 and C2 of size 400mm 400mm are spaced at 3.0m apart
carrying a service load of 650 kN and 800 kN respectively. C1 is boundary
column, Design a slab beam type combined footing. Safe bearing pressure on
soil is 180 kN/m2. Use M30 grade of concrete and steel of grade Fe 500.
[16]
OR
Q8) Design a slab type combined footing for two columns spaced 3m apart carrying
a service load of 800 kN and 1000 kN each. The columns are 230 mm
400mm and 230 mm 500mm respectively. The SBC of soil is 180 kN/m2.
Use M30 grade of concrete and steel of grade Fe 500. [16]
Q9) Design a rectangular water tank resting on ground. The tank dimensions are
7m 3m 3m high. Use M30 and Fe 500 grade material. Sketch details of
reinforcement. [18]
OR
Q10)a) Design the circular water tank of 10m diameter and 5m height with rigid
base. Use M 30 and Fe 500 grade material. Sketch details of
reinforcement. [10]
b) Explain step-by-step procedure of finding crack width for a wall of
rectangular water tank. [8]
[5059]-503 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2145 [5059]-504
[Total No. of Pages : 3
B.E. (Civil)
STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF BRIDGES
(2012 Pattern) (Elective-I) (Semester-I) (401004A)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2; Q.3 or Q.4; Q.5 or Q.6; Q.7 or Q.8; and Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Figures in bold to the right indicate full marks.
3) IRC: 6, IRC: 112, IS 456, IS 800, IS 1343 and Steel table are allowed in the
examination.
4) Neat diagrams should be drawn wherever necessary.
5) If necessary, assume suitable data and indicate clearly.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q5) Design the member (U-3, U-4), (U-3, L-3) for the broad gauge railway steel
truss bridge shown in Fig. 1. The details are as follows. [18]
a) Weight of stock rail = 0.50 kN/m,
b) Weight of check rail = 0.40 kN/m
c) Timber sleepers of size = (0.25 0.25 2.8) m@ 0.45 m c/c
P.T.O.
d) Unit weight of timber = 7.5 kN/m3
e) Spacing of truss = 5.0 m c/c
f) Equivalent uniformly distributed load for BM and SF are 5831 kN and
6254 kN respectively
g) CDA = 0.255
OR
Q6) For the Problem given in Q. 5 design the members (L-3, L-4) and (L0-U1).
[18]
[5059]-504 2
Q8) a) The vertical reaction at the end of a bridge girder is 2000 kN. The vertical
reaction at each end of the girder due to overturning effect is 100 kN.
Design a roller bearing if the least allowable perpendicular distance between
the faces of adjacent roller after the revolved position may be taken as
4mm. The centers of the rollers travel 20mm. [10]
b) Explain the design procedure of Rocker and Roller bearing. [6]
[5059]-504 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3060 [5059]-505
[Total No. of Pages : 5
B.E. (Civil)
SYSTEMS APPROACH IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
(2012 Course) (End Semester) (Semester - 1) (Elective - I)
(401004B)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) What are the scope and limitations of systems Approach? [6]
b) Explain with sketch. Global optima and local optima. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Using golden section method, solve following using 3 iterations Minimize
Z = x2 x + 2 in the range (0,2) [6]
b) State any two applications of NLP. [4]
Q3) a) A company has one nob sharpening machine. The nobs required
regrinding are sent from the companies tool crib to this machine which at
present is operated one shift per day of 8 hrs duration. Arrival of the
nobs at tool crib is random with an average time of 60 min between one
arrival and next. The regrinding time of nob is distributed negative
exponentially with the mean of 30 min. [6]
i) For what fraction of time, the machine is busy?
ii) How does a nob wait in the queue?
iii) What is the average length of queue that is formed from time to
time?
iv) The management has decided to purchase another grinder and thereby
start another shift on this machine, when the utilization of machine
on single shift basis increases by 85%, what should be the arrival
rate then?
b) Explain the process of sequencing of n jobs through 3 machines. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Write algorithm for steepest gradient method. [4]
b) Interarrival and service time in a waiting line problem have the following
frequency distribution based on 100 such iterations. [6]
frequency 6 9 25 37 16 7
[5059]-505 2
Q6) a) What is the need of Dynamic Programming? How is it different from
LP? Write some applications of DP. [8]
b) An organization is planning to diversify its business with a maximum
outlay of Rs 4 crores. Out of there identified locations of plants; it can
invest in one or more of these plants subject to availability of funds. The
different possible alternatives and their investment and present worth of
returns (both in crores of rupees) during the useful life of each plant is
given below. [8]
Alternatives Plant 1 Plant 2 Plant 3
Cost Returns Cost Returns Cost Returns
1 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 12 2 16 2 9
3 2 15 3 20 3 12
4 3 19 4 25 4 15
Find optimum allocation of the capital to different plants which will
maximize the corresponding sum of present worth of returns.
[5059]-505 3
c) Solve using simplex method [6]
Maximize Z = 20 x1 + 80 x2
Subject to 4 x1 +6 x2 90
8 x1 + 6x2 100
5 x1 + 4 x2 80
x1 , x2 0
OR
Q8) a) Solve by using big M method. [8]
Minimize Z = 2 x1 + 3 x2
Subject to
x1 + x2 6
7 x1 + x2 14
x1 , x2 0
b) What are the characteristics of Duality? [6]
c) Construct dual of the primal problem. [4]
Minimize Z = 3 x1 2 x2 + 6 x3
Subject to 4 x1 + 5 x2 + 4 x3 7
5 x1 + x2 + 2 x3 5
7 x1 2 x2 x3 10
2 x1 - x2 + 5 x3 6
4 x1 + 7 x2 x3 2
x1, x2, x3 0
[5059]-505 4
c) Following are the details of processing time required for five jobs by five
operators. Assign these jobs to operators to give minimum processing
time. [6]
operators
1 2 3 4 5
1 10 12 15 12 8
2 7 16 14 14 11
Jobs 3 13 14 7 9 9
4 12 10 11 13 10
5 8 13 15 11 15
OR
Q10)a) Write short note on assignment problem and its applications. [5]
b) State the steps to handle following situations in assignment problem [5]
i) Maximization
plants 1 1 2 6 2 3 800
2 3 4 5 8 1 600
3 3 1 1 2 6 200
4 4 7 3 5 4 400
O O O
[5059]-505 5
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P4959
[Total No. of Pages : 3
[5059]-506
B.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or 2,Q. 3 or 4 Q. 5 or 6 ,Q.7 or 8,Q.9 or 10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
7) Use of IS code 10262,456 is not allowed.
OR
b) What do you mean by quality assurance and quality control? Give the IS
recommendations of quality assurance. [6]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) What are the different types of industrial waste materials useful for
construction industry? Explain any one waste material based concrete in
detail. [4]
b) Write a short note on nondestructive testing methods [6]
i) Break off maturity method,
ii) Ground penetration radar
Q5) a) Write a short note on: Fibers with respect to volume, aspect ratio and
orientation of firbers. [4]
b) Write a short note on: [6]
i) Carbon fibers
ii) Metallic fibers
c) Explain in detail interaction between fiber matrix composite under cracked
and uncracked condition. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Write a short note on: Fiber matrix interfacial bond. [4]
b) Enlist different metallic fibers. Explain their any two properties in brief.[6]
c) Explain the basic concept of using fibers in the concrete composite.
Explain the role of fibers improving the mechanical properties under
tension and bending. [6]
Q7) a) Write a short note on steel fiber reinforced concrete composite. [4]
b) Explain stress strain property and compressive strength properties of
FRC. [6]
c) What precautions should be taken during mixing and casting of fiber
reinforced concrete composite? [6]
OR
[5059]-506 2
Q8) a) Write a short note on: Applications of fiber reinforced concrete. [4]
b) Which are the quality control tests conducted for steel fiber reinforced
concrete composites? [6]
c) Describe the SIFCON material with reference to definition, structure
properties and its application. [6]
Q10)a) Explain how ferrocement differs than concrete? Write about tensile
property of ferrocement. [6]
b) Enlist factors affecting ferrocement material in fresh and hardened state.
Explain the effect of water cement ratio on properties of ferrocement
material? [6]
c) Explain closed mould technique for ferrocement with merits and
demerits. [6]
mmm
[5059]-506 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5059]-507
B.E. (Civil)
ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - I ) (End Semester)
Q1) a) What do you understand by user friendly Architecture and explain how
an architect exhibits the same by using different principles? [7]
c) State the differences between structure plan and development plan. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain clearly the differences between the working strategies of an urban
planner and an architect. [7]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the functioning of MIDC. [8]
b) Elaborate various types of surveys carried out for DP proposal with its
significance. [9]
Q5) a) Explain the legislative support for DP through MRTP Act, 1966. [9]
OR
OR
{{{
[5059]-507 2
Total No. of Questions : 6] SEAT No. :
[5059]-508
B.E. (Civil Engineering)
ADVANCED ENGINEERING GEOLOGY WITH ROCK
MECHANICS (End Semester)
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - I)
OR
OR
Q3) a) What do you mean by watershed development? How the soil erosion is
prevented. [7]
OR
P.T.O.
b) On the basis of core obtained in DTB which rocks are likely to be
occurring at different levels & discuss their feasibility from dam
foundation. [8]
Run in m Piece No. Length in cm. Nature of fracture
1 10 J
2 11 J
3 100 M
4 45 M
3-6m 5 55 M
6 13 J
7 50 J
8 6 J
9 8 J
10 90 M
11 80 M
6-9m 12 120 M
13 10 M
OR
a) Explain in detail electrical resistivity method in detail. [8]
b) Calculate Core recovery and RQD recovery from following table. [8]
Run in m Piece No. Length in cm. Nature of fracture
1 10 J
2 11 J
3 07 J
4 45 J
0-3m 5 55 J
6 13 J
7 50 J
8 15 J
9 8 J
10 90 M
3-6m 11 80 M
12 120 M
13 07 J
[5059]-508 2
Q5) a) Whether the tunnels are suitable through limestone and quartzite. [10]
OR
OR
{{{
[5059]-508 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5059]-509
B.E. (Civil Engineering)
MATRIX METHODS OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
P.T.O.
OR
x+y+z=5
2x + 3y + 5z = 8
4x + 5z = 2
b) Find the vertical and horizontal deflection at point C for the two member
truss as shown in Figure 3. Area of inclined member is 2000 mm2 whereas
horizontal member is 1600 mm2. Take E = 200 GPa [6]
c) Analyse the beam ABC shown in Figure 4 using flexibility matrix method.
Take EI = constant. [8]
Q3) Analyze the continuous beam ABCD as shown in Figure 5 using stiffness
matrix method. Take EI constant. Draw BMD [18]
OR
[5059]-509 2
Q4) Determine the unknown joint displacements of the portal frame as shown in
Figure 6 using stiffness matrix method. Take EI constant. [18]
Q5) Derive the stiffness matrix and transformation matrix of two noded grid element
of with 06 D.O.F., length L, flexural rigidity EI and torsional rigidity GJ. [16]
OR
Q6) Analyze the grid structure ABC as shown in Figure 7 using stiffness matrix
method. Take EI=2105 kN.m2 and GJ= 1.2105 kN.m2. [16]
Figure 7
Q7) For the truss shown in Figure 7, use stiffness matrix method to determine the
deflections at the loaded joint. Take E = 200 GPa and c/s area of all members
1000 mm2. [16]
Figure 8
OR
[5059]-509 3
Q8) a) A beam of span 8m is fixed at both ends A and B and supports a
uniformly distributed load of 10 kN/m over the entire span. Estimate the
deflections of quarter span intervals using second order central difference
formula. [8]
Figure 9
b) Estimate the lowest buckling load P of a uniform pin ended column of
length L = 10 m, cross-sectional area 100 100 mm and E = 200 GPa
using three sub intervals. Apply finite difference method. [8]
{{{
[5059]-509 4
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
P2146 [5059]-510
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E. (Civil)
INTEGRATED WATER RESOURCES PLANNING & MANAGEMENT
(2012 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-II) (End Sem)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
UNIT-I
Q1) a) Write a note on Water resources in India. [3]
b) Water infrastructure-problems and perspectives, explain. [3]
OR
Q2) a) State and explain National Water Policy. [3]
b) Write a note on Ground water ownership. [3]
UNIT-II
Q3) a) Principles of water pricing & water allocation, Explain. [3]
b) Write a note on water scarcity. [3]
OR
Q4) a) What are the global and national perspectives of water crisis? [3]
b) Write in brief about the concepts of blue water, Green water, and
virtual water and their roles in water management. [3]
UNIT-III
Q5) a) Explain inter basin water transfer. [4]
b) What are the measures to control-water logging, salinity & siltation of
storage. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain the following: [4]
i) Severity index.
ii) Drought forecasting.
iii) Damage assessment.
iv) Mitigation plan.
b) What is the use of geo-informatics in management of flood? [4]
UNIT-IV
Q7) a) Write a note on-Consumptive & non consumptive demand of water.
[8]
b) Explain in brief about water management in irrigation sector. [8]
OR
Q8) a) How to estimate & forecast water demands of domestic & industrial
sector. [8]
b) What are navigation and recreational water demands? [8]
UNIT-V
Q9) a) How to protect the vital ecosystem by Environmental management. [8]
b) Write a note on aquaculture. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Explain direct/indirect benefits of water resources development. [8]
b) State and explain management of rehabilitation & resettlement. [8]
UNIT-VI
Q11)a) What is the use of - Decision support system for Integrated Water
Resources Management. [8]
b) Explain the data driven techniques - Artificial Neural Networks, Genetic
programming for Basin planning & Watershed management. [10]
OR
Q12)a) What is meant by Watershed? How it is classified? And explain in short
integrated approach for watershed management. [8]
b) What is the role of RS & GIS in watershed management? [10]
2
[5059]-510
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3061 [5059]-511
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Civil)
TQM&MIS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
(2012 Course)(Elective-II)(Semester-I) (401005)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1or Q2,Q3or Q4,Q5or Q6,Q7or Q8, Q9or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if, necessary.
OR
[5059]-511 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is meant by conformity and non conformity? Explain with the help
of suitable examples. [6]
b) Explain following Quality Management Principles w.r.t ISO 9001 [6]
iii) Leadership
OR
Q8) a) Explain in detail the concept of Supply Chain Management [8]
b) What are the advantages of using ERP for human resource management
and inventory management in constriction field? [8]
OR
Q10)a) How will you use GPS effectively while dealing with concreting activities
at various locations? [8]
b) Explain any one ERP software available in market and discuss its
applications for quality improvement on site. [8]
tu tu tu
[5059]-511 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
P2147 [5059]-512
[Total No. of Pages : 3
B.E. (Civil)
EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
(2012 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-II) (401005-D) (ENDSEM)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10 and Q.11 or
Q.12.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) IS 456, IS 1893, IS 13920 are allowed in the examination.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) If necessary, assume suitable data and indicate clearly.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q3) What are different types of vibrations? Explain the concept of Logarithmic
Decrement. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Derive the equation of motion for a damped but free vibration of a SDOF
system. [3]
b) A vibratory system is defined by following parameters-
Mass = 3 kg, spring stiffness = 100 kN/m, and damping coefficient =
3 N.sec/m.
Determine:
i) Damping factor
ii) Natural frequency of damped vibrations. [3]
Q6) A three storeyed symmetrical RC School building situated at Bhuj with the
following data.
a) Plan Dimensions: 7m 7m,
b) Storey Height: 3.5m,
c) Total weight of beams/ storey = 130 kN,
d) Total weight of slab / storey = 250 kN,
e) Total weight of columns / storey = 50 kN,
f) Total weight of walls / storey = 530 kN,
g) Total Live Load = 130 kN. Additional weight on terrace floor is 655 kN.
The structure is resting on hard rock. Determine seismic weight of building
and hence find the total base shear and lateral loads at each floor levels
using seismic coefficient method. [8]
Q11)a) What is retrofitting of structures? Explain its need for the buildings? [8]
b) Explain any three retrofitting techniques used for traditional buildings.
[10]
OR
Q12)a) Explain the techniques used for strengthening RCC beams and Columns.
[8]
b) Define and explain the RCC Shear Wall and its behavior. [10]
[5059]-512 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No :
P2148 [5059]-513 [Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Civil)
ADVANCED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
(2012 Pattern) (401005E) (Semester - I) (End Sem.) (Elective - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3, or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary and mention it clearly.
5) Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Explain how soils are classified according to IS soil classification system. [3]
b) Explain different clay minerals and their structural composition. [4]
c) Discuss the various primary and secondary bonds in respect of clay
minerals. [3]
OR
Q2) a) Derive the relation for coefficient of lateral earth pressure at rest condition.[3]
b) Explain the steps for design of cantilever sheet pile wall. [4]
c) Write a note on anchored sheet pile wall. [3]
Q3) a) Differentiate between Rankines and Coulomb theory of earth pressure. [3]
b) Explain Culmans graphical method. [4]
c) Determine the critical height of excavation of a vertical cut in cohesive
soil if C=20KN/m2 and =15KN/m3. [3]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in short function of Geosynthetics. [3]
b) State the properties and functional requirements of Geosynthetics. [3]
c) Write a note on [4]
i) Mechanism of reinforced soil.
ii) Slope stabilization using soil nails.
[5059]-513 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) State the different properties relevant for dynamic loading and explain
any one with detail. [6]
b) Describe elastic half space method in machine foundation. [6]
c) Write a note on Design criteria for machine foundation. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Why is shear modulus a soil property of interest on soil dynamics? [6]
b) State the design procedure for a block foundation for cyclic loading.[6]
c) Define the following term. [6]
i) Natural Frequency
ii) Period
iii) Resonance
iv) Degree of Freedom.
Q7) a) What is the purpose of sand drain? And also explain function of vertical
sand drain. [8]
b) State the procedure of vibro-flotation technique for ground improvement.
[8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain in-situ ground improvement by compaction piles. [8]
b) Describe in short following terms in ground improvement. [8]
i) Grouting
ii) Deep mixing
[5059]-514
B.E. (Civil Engg.) (End Semester)
DAMS AND HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES
(2012 Pattern)
Q1) a) Discuss the possible social issues associated with dams. [4]
b) Enlist the types of dams based on hydraulic action and briefly explain
any one type with sketch / sketches. [4]
OR
Q2) a) State and explain four instruments used for various measurements needed
with reference to safety of dams. Draw suitable sketches wherever
possible / necessary. [4]
b) Enlist the types of dams based on the purpose. Explain any one type
with sketch. [4]
Q3) A gravity dam has base width 60m with upstream face vertical and downstream
face with slope 2H:3V.
Knowing that total vertical force above the base is 63MN, overturning
moment and resisting moment are 2.2106 kN.m and 3.9106kNm; determine
P.T.O.
maximum and minimum vertical stresses induced on the foundation. Also find
major principal stress at the toe of the dam. Is the dam safe against overturning?
[6]
OR
Q4) State the classification of arch dams. Briefly explain the constant angle arch
dam with sketch / sketches. When are the arch dams suitable? [6]
Q5) What is meant by 'spillway'? State its purposes. Explain any one spillway with
sketch. [6]
OR
Q6) Enlist various spillway gates. Give the classification of hydropower plants
based on various criteria (considerations). [6]
Q7) a) Discuss various causes or modes of failure of earthen dams. Draw relevant
sketches. [4]
For calculating 'y' values, assume interval for 'x' as 15m [10]
[5059]-514 2
OR
Q8) a) Discuss the 'Swedish slip circle method' for examining the stability of
earth slopes. [4]
i) the embankments
Q9) a) Discuss basic three types of canal alignments with relevant sketch /
sketches. [4]
b) State two requirements of a good canal module (outlet). State four types
of canal falls and draw neat sketch of weir type of canal escape. [4]
OR
[5059]-514 3
Q10)a) State two advantages and two drawbacks / disadvantages of canal lining.
[4]
b) What is the necessity of canal falls? Discuss various types of canal outlets
(modules) briefly. [4]
Q11)a) State the types of cross - drainage works. Explain any one C.D. work
with suitable sketch. [4]
b) On which factors the choice of C.D. work depends? Briefly discuss. [4]
d) State four objectives of river training. With neat sketch explain briefly the
levee (embankment) as a river training work. [4]
OR
Q12)a) With suitable sketches, explain various types of spurs (groynes). [4]
{{{
[5059]-514 4
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
[5059]-515
B.E. (Civil)
QUANTITY SURVEYING , CONTRACTS AND TENDERS
(2012 Pattern)
i) Contingencies
OR
Q2) a) Enlist any 6 of the items of work for estimation of building project and
give their unit of measurement. [3]
b) State various methods of approximate estimate and explain any one. [3]
P.T.O.
Q3) Figure 1(A) & 1(B) shows plan and elevation of residential building. Determine
the quantities of following items. [8]
i) Excavation in foundation
OR
[5059]-515 2
Q4) Prepare bar bending schedule for Fig 2(A) & 2(B) shows the L-section and
cross section of RCC beam. Also determine the % steel in the beam (Assume
Density of Steel is 7860 kg/m3) [8]
i) Market Value
b) Explain meaning of Price, Cost and Value and also discuss the purpose
of valuation. [3]
OR
[5059]-515 3
Q6) Define Depreciation and state the methods for its determination.
The estimated cost of a building is RS. 200000. It is 20 years old and well
maintained. The life of the structure is assumed to be 80 years. Determine the
depreciated value of the building. The fixed percentage of depreciation is
unity. [6]
Q7) a) Draft a detailed specification for providing & laying RCC of M25 grade
including form work & including steel reinforcement for a slab with all
other standard requirements which are normally specified in BOQ. [6]
b) Explain how the various direct cost and indirect cost are considered in
analysis of rate of building item. [6]
c) What is task work? Why does it vary? Explain its importance with an
example. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Prepare rate analysis for providing and laying RCC of M25 grade for
plinth and Foundation using basic rates as per the current DSR. [6]
Q9) a) Draft a specimen tender notice for the construction of a bridge assuming
suitable details. [6]
OR
[5059]-515 4
Q10)a) Explain the PWD procedure for execution of minor works. [6]
b) State true or false with justification: A lowest tender can be rejected. [6]
Q11)a) Explain with an example the validity of statement All contracts are
agreements but all agreements are not necessarily contracts. [6]
OR
b) Explain B.O.T. type of tender and quote any one field example wherein
it is actually being utilized. [6]
{{{
[5059]-515 5
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No :
P2149 [5059]-516 [Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Civil)
ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DESIGN
(2012 Course) (401009A) (Semester - II) (End Sem.)(Elective -III)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Figures in bold to the right indicate full marks.
3) All relevant IS codes and Steel Table are allowed in the examination.
4) If necessary, Assume suitable data and indicate clearly.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q3) Obtain the collapse moment for the frame shown in Fig. 1. [10]
OR
Q4) How are the dimensions of a steel chimney determined? Explain with an
example. [10]
[5059]-516 1 P.T.O.
Q5) Determine the uniformly distributed collapse load for the slab shown in Fig.2.[16]
OR
Q6) Explain the following: [16]
a) lower bound theorem.
b) upper bound theorem.
c) uniqueness theorem.
d) corner levers.
Q7) An elevated square water tank is 6m in size and 4 m high. It is supported on a
concrete staging of 4 columns. The height of the staging is 9 m. Bracings are
provided at a vertical spacing of 3 m. The circular columns of the staging are
450 mm in diameter. The structure is located in zone II. the preliminary dimensions
of the elements of the water tank for the analysis may be suitably assumed and
clearly mentioned. Assume suitable dimensions for various elements and mention
them clearly. Analyze the tank for tank full condition. [18]
OR
Q8) For the water tank of Q.7, analyze for tank empty condition. [18]
Q9) a) Explain the modes of failure of a RC shear wall. [8]
b) Write a note on coupled shear wall system. [8]
OR
Q10)Explain step-by-step design procedure of a RC shear wall. Also explain how
boundary elements are designed. [16]
Y Y Y
[5059]-516 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
P3062 [5059]-517
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Civil)
ADVANCED FOUNDATION ENGINEERING
(2012 Course)(Elective-III)(Semester-II)(401009B)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) Explain in brief the I.S code provisions for subsoil exploration of canals. [6]
OR
Q2) Explain any case study of failure of foundation reposted in literature. [6]
Q3) Explain the cyclic load test for design fo piles. Also, comment on seperation
of point resistance and skin resistance with the help of cyclic load test. [6]
OR
Q4) Write a short note on Testing and design of piles subjected to tensite loads.[6]
Q5) Draw a neat sketch of under reamed pile foundation and Explain the design
steps, when it is subjected to tensile loads [8]
OR
Q6) Draw a neat sketch of sand drains. Also, comment on design criterias of sand
drains. [8]
Q7) a) What is raft foundation? Explain the conventional method for design of
raft foundation [8]
OR
[5059]-517 1 P.T.O.
Q8) a) Explain the I.S code provisions for the design of raft foundations. [8]
b) Explain the skemptons equations for the estimation of net ultimate bearing
capacity of shallow foundations. [8]
Q9) a) Explain how the depth of well foundation and ultimate bearing capacity
is determined using Terzaghs analysis. [9]
b) Draw a typical section of a rockfill dam and state the advantages and
disadvanatages of rockfill dam. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Explain the design guidelines for well foundation for the components[9]
i) well curb
b) Compare the IS code and FRC provisions for the design of well
foundation. [8]
Q11)a) Explain the stress distribution in the vicinity of vertical shaft in an elastic
equilibrium with respect to [9]
i) vertical stress
ii) horizontal radial stress and
iii) horizontal circumferencial stress
b) Explain how load on negative projecting conduit is estimated. [8]
OR
Q12)a) What are the various types of positive projecting conduits. Explain in
detail with sketches. [9]
b) Write a short note on imperfect ditch conduit. [8]
tu tu tu
[5059]-517 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3
P3757
[5059] - 518
B.E. CIVIL ENGINEERING
HYDROPOWER ENGINEERING
(Semester - II) (Elective - III) (2012 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer any six questions from Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8. Q.9
or Q.10. Q.no.11 or Q.12.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
b) Write detail note about the conventional and non conventional power
resources related to the hydropower development. [4]
OR
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write the significance of diversity factor on the cost of hydropower
generation. [3]
b) Write a note on power duration curve related to high head and low
head plants. [3]
OR
Q6) a) Elaborate the different methods to meet the demand of variable loads
on power plants. [3]
b) Define : Plant capacity factor, plant use factor and connected load factor.[3]
Q9) a) Write note on open type surge tanks and restricted orifice type surge
tanks. [5]
b) What is cavitation and how can you minimize it? [5]
c) A power house is equipped with four units of vertical shafts pelton
turbines to be coupled with70000kVA, 3 phase, 50 Hz generators.
The generators are provided with 10 pairs of poles. The gross design
head is 505m and the transmission efficiency of headrace tunnel and
penstocks together is to be 94 %. The four units together will provide
power of 250000Kw with the efficiency of 90%. The nozzle efficiency
is 0.98. Find the design discharge for the turbine, jet diameter and
number of jets, the nozzle tip diameter and specific speed. [6]
OR
[5059] - 518 2
Q10)a) Explain the classification of turbines based on i) pressure ii) head [4]
b) What is draft tube? Enlist different functions of draft tube? What is
efficiency of the draft tube? [6]
c) In a hydroelectric plant, Kaplan turbine is fixed with following
specifications: Calculate speed ratio, flow ratio and overall efficiency.
Operation Head = 22.5 m, Output power = 126MW, Discharge = 615m3/s
Speed = 68.2 rpm, Runner tip to tip diameter = (D)= 9.3m, Hub
diameter = (Dh) = 4.3m, Number of blades = 6 [6]
Q11)a) The cost of a small power plant is Rs 3 106 having the life expectancy
of 25 years. The net annual installment to recover the cost is Rs. 30000.
The interest is 10%. Using sinking fund method Find the salvage value
of the plant after 20 years of service. [6]
b) Write a note on tariff for electrical energy and types of tariffs for
hydropower plants. [6]
c) Write a detailed note on carbon credits and its implications on clean
technology. [6]
OR
Q12)a) A power plant of 300 MW is installed when the capital cost is
20000/kW. The interest and depreciations are 10%. Annual load
factor is 56%. Annual capacity factor is 45%.Annual running
charges Rs 250 106. Energy consumed by power plant auxiliaries
is 6 %. Calculate cost of power generation for KWh. [6]
b) What are the fixed and running charges in economic analysis of a
hydropower plant? [6]
c) What is carbon credit? write long term plans to reduce the CO2. [6]
eee
[5059] - 518 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3748
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-519
B.E. (Civil)
Air Pollution and Control (Elective - III)
(2012 Pattern) (End Sem.)
Time : 2.5 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables are allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) Write a short note on high volume sampler with sketch. [6]
b) What are the causes of indoor air pollution? [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain stable and unstable atmosphere. [6]
b) Explain any one method to control odour pollution. [4]
Q5) a) What are the advantages and disadvantages of fabric filter? [8]
b) Draw a neat sketch of the standard cyclone proportions in terms of
diameter D. State expression for (dpc) cut size of particle and separation
factor (Fc). [8]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Explain working principle of Electrostatic Precipitator with a neat sketch.[8]
b) What are the objectives of air pollution control equipment? Explain with
example control of air pollution at source. [8]
Q7) a) Explain an important provision made in The AIR (Prevention and Control
of Pollution) ACT 1981. [8]
b) What are the advantages and disadvantages of a gravity settling chamber.[8]
OR
Q8) a) What is the purpose of environmental (protection) ACT 1986? Explain
the powers and duties of central and state pollution control boards. [8]
b) Explain procedure of EIA. [8]
Q9) a) Write the environmental rules 1999 (sitting of industries) as per the
notification of Ministry of Environment and forests. [9]
b) What is land use planning? Explain its importance in controlling air
pollution. [9]
OR
yyy
[5059]-519 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P3063 [5059]-520
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Civil Engineering)
FINITE ELEMENT METHOD IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
(2012 Course) (Elective-III)(5)(Semester-II)(End Sem.)(401009E)
Time :2Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2,Q3 or Q4,Q5 or Q6 , Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
c) Derive the transformation matrix for two noded frame element having six
degrees of freedom. [6]
OR
Q2) a) State the convergence criteria for the choice of the displacement function
in FEM. [6]
b) Determine rotations at supports B and C of continuous beam ABC if
support B sinks by 10mm. Take EI=6000kN.m2. Use finite element
method. [8]
c) Derive the stiffness matrix for the grid element considering six degrees
of freedom. [6]
[5059]-520 1 P.T.O.
Q3) Write short note on: [16]
a) Principle of minimum potential energy.
b) Principle of virtual work.
c) CST and LST elements
d) 3D Tetrahedron and Hexahedron elements.
OR
Q4) Derive connectivity matrix[A], elasticity matrix[D], strain-displacement
matrix[B] and stiffness matrix[K] for the four noded rectangular element in
Cartesian coordinate system using finite element formulation. [16]
Q5) Derive shape functions for the following elements using Lagranges interpolation
function.
a) Two noded bar element [4]
b) Four noded rectangular element [6]
c) Nine noded rectangular element [8]
OR
Q6) a) Derive the area coordinates for the three noded CST element having
Cartesian coordinates node 1 (1,2),node 2 (3,3) and node 3 (2,4). [10]
b) Drive shape functions for the eight noded serendipity element in natural
coordinate ( , ) system. [8]
[5059]-520 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059]-521
B.E. (Semester - II)
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Answer Q.1or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.1O.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q5) a) Define Risk. Explain in detail various risk in road project. [6]
b) What are methods of Risk Management? Explain any one in detail. [6]
c) State the objectives of value engineering. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Write short note on : [8]
i) Break Even Analysis
ii) Risk Mitigation
b) Explain with example, how value analysis can be applied to construction
industry. [6]
c) Explain the concept of value. [4]
{{{
[5059]-521 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3064 [5059]-522
[Total No. of Pages :4
B.E.(Civil)
ADVANCED TRANSPORTATION ENGG .
(2012 Pattern)(Semester-II)(Elective-IV)(401010-B)
Time :2Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No1 or 2, Q.No3 or 4, Q.No 5 or 6, Q.No7 or 8 ,Q.No 9 or 10.
2) All questions are compulsory.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logaritmic tables, sliderule, elelectronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) With a flow diagram only explain the comprehensive transport planning
process and explain in detail [6]
b) Discuss the various factors affecting the trip generation within a study
area. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the home interview technique of carrying Origin Destination
(O-D) survey [5]
b) Explain in brief PMGSY project. [5]
Q3) a) Explain how would you as a transportation planner integrate the Intelligent
Transportation systems (ITS) to the present Smart city concept. [5]
b) Discuss the salient features of JNNURM scheme. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What do you mean by Pavement Management System? How are they
useful in the management of highway projects. [5]
b) Explain [5]
i) Congestion cost
ii) Vehicle OPerating Cost.
[5059]-522 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain in detail the necessity and procedure of conducting parking
survey. [10]
b) With neat sketches explain the necessity of grade separated intersections.
[6]
OR
Q6) a) During a traffic survey the following data was recorded on a particular
road network [10]
i) Two wheelers- 1000 numbers
ii) Cars - 500 numbers
iii) Buses - 100 numbers
iv) Auto rickshaw - 200 numbers
v) Cycle - 50 numbers
1. Work out the PCU using IRC 106-1990.
2. How would you use the obtained data in planning the road network?
b) Write a short note on Automated Signals. [6]
Q7) a) Desing a flexible pavement as per IRC 37-2001 for the construction of a
new road based on following data. Draw a typical cross- section showing
all the basic layers. [10]
i) Dual two lane carriageway.
ii) Initial traffic in the year of completion of construction =5600CVPD
in both directions.
iii) Traffic growth rate per annum=8%
iv) Design life = 10 years.
v) CBR = 5%
vi) Terrain-Rolling
b) Discuss the advantages of flexible pavements over rigid pavements.[6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the procedure and computation involved in the evaluation of
pavement using Benkelmen Beam as per the IRC codal provisions.[10]
b) Write a note on skid resistance of a road. [6]
[5059]-522 2
Q9) a) Explain the purpose of providing overlays and the design procedure for
estimating the thickness of the overlay using IRC 81 [10]
b) Explain with neat sketches various types of distresses in rigid pavement.[8]
OR
Q10)With respect to rigid pavement, explain the following concepts [18]
b) Temperature Stresses
c) Joints in the pavement
[5059]-522 3
32
tu tu tu
[5059]-522 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No :
P2150 [5059]-523 [Total No. of Pages : 5
B.E.(Civil)
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS AND COMPUTATIONAL METHODS
(2012 Course) (401010C) (Elective - IV) (Semester - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3, or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed in the examination.
5) Use of cell phone is prohibited in the examination hall.
2 x2 + 2x + 1
b) Evaluate 0 1 + (1 + x ) 2
using Gaussian 3 point formula. [5]
Q3) a) A rocket is launched from the ground. Its acceleration is registered during
the first 80 sec and is given in the table below. Using Simpsons 1/3rd
rule, find the velocity of the rocket at t=80sec. [5]
t(sec) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
f(cm/s2) 30 31.63 33.34 35.47 37.75 40.33 43.25 46.69 50.67
[5059]-523 1 P.T.O.
b) Find Inverse of following matrix by Gauss Jordan Method. [5]
2 2 3
2 1 1
1 3 5
OR
dx / (1 + x3 )
5
Q4) a) Evaluate
0
[5]
[5059]-523 2
b) The following table shows the monthly expenditures of 80 students of a
university on morning breakfast expenditure in (Rs). [7]
780-820 2
730-770 6
680-720 7
630-670 12
580-620 18
530-570 13
480-520 9
430-470 7
380-420 4
330-370 2
Calculate arithmetic mean, standard deviation and coefficient of variation
of the above data.
c) The scores of two batsmen A and B in ten innings during a certain season
are [6]
A 32 28 47 63 71 39 10 60 96 14
B 19 31 48 53 67 90 10 62 40 80
Find using coefficient of variation which of the two batsmen A or B is
more consistent in scoring.
Q7) a) A box contains 3 red and 7 white balls. One ball is drawn at random and
in its place a ball of the other colour is put in the box, now, one ball is
drawn at random from the box. Find the probability that it is red. [6]
[5059]-523 3
No.of m/c 0 1 2 3 4
tools
No.of
companies 63 28 6 2 1
Fit Poisson Distribution for the above.
c) Write short notes on chi square distribution and its applications. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Out of 320 families with 5 children each, what percentage would be
expected to have:
i) 2 boys and 3 girls
ii) Atleast one boy?
Assume equal probability for boys and girls. [5]
c) 200 digit are chosen at random from a set of tables. The frequencies of
the digits are as follows. [7]
Digit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Frequency 18 19 23 21 16 25 22 20 21 15
Use x test to assess the correctness of the hypothesis that the digits
2
were distributed in equal numbers in the tables from which they were
chosen.
[5059]-523 4
b) Estimate the production for the year 2000 with the help of the following
table: [9]
Y Y Y
[5059]-523 5
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3773 [5059]-524
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E. (Civil)
PLUMBING ENGINEERING
(Semester - II) (2012 Course) (Open Elective)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8, Q.No.9 or
Q.No.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) What are various plumbing codes enlist them and explain GPCS-I. [5]
b) Write a note on public health engineering and relate it with Swachha
Bharat Abhiyan. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Describe the role of Plumbing Contractor while executing plumbing work
in the building industry. [6]
b) Explain local laws laid down by municipal corporation for plumbing
regarding rain water harvesting. [4]
Q3) a) Draw a neat sketch (section and elevation) of urinal with standards
dimensions. [5]
b) Explain plumbing necessary for solar water heating. [5]
OR
Q4) a) State velocity, pressure, temperature limitations in plumbing and Explain
its importance in plumbing design. [6]
b) How backflow is prevented in water supply and what is its importance in
plumbing. [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain horizontal wet vent and vertical wet vent with neat sketch. [8]
b) Comment on plumbing system needs to breathe. State maximum value
of pneumatic pressure difference in Pascals so that the seal is protected,
state vent terminals as per code. [10]
OR
Q6) a) Explain drainage system for three star hotel building (G + 4), Include
explanation of drainage from kitchen. [8]
b) State the trap requirements as per uniform plumbing code for [10]
i) Design of trap.
ii) Trap seal and trap seal protection.
iii) Trap setting and protection.
Q9) a) Explain RCC, PVC, Nu-Drain, and Stoneware for building sewers. Also
explain ancient stone ware drainage of Mohenjo-Daro. [10]
b) Explain with neat sketch requirements for brick built inspection chamber
and Gully trap for drainage line of G + 1 structure. [6]
OR
Q10)a) Explain design of plumbing systems for multi-storey buildings. [8]
b) How does faulty plumbing system for multi-storey building affected many
people in CHINA, (SARS, severe acute respiratory syndrome) [8]
zzz
[5059]-524 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5059]-525
B.E. (Civil)
GREEN BUILDING TECHNOLOGY
(2012 Pattern) (Open) (Elective) (End Semester)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Solve Q 1 or Q2, Q 3 or Q4, Q 5 or Q6, Q 7 or Q8.
2) Assume suitable data if necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Why and How indoor environmental quality depends upon the activities
and materials in the room? [7]
OR
b) What is the importance of site planning in relation with sun path and
wind path? [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write a short note on CDM. [8]
OR
b) Why the codes on energy conservation are important these days? Explain
with example. [9]
OR
{{{
[5059]-525 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5059]-526
B.E. (Civil Engineering) (End Semester)
FERROCEMENT TECHNOLOGY
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - IV )
OR
i) Specific surface
P.T.O.
Skeletal steel 8mm dia 500mm c/c
in both direction
1313mm2424g
OR
Specifications as follows :
Skeletal steel cage 8mm dia bars, 400mm c/c circumferentially and
500mmc/c radially at the base.
OR
Q6) a) Discuss various types of water tanks those can be constructed with
ferrocement. [6]
[5059]-526 2
Q7) a) Discuss the factors, need to be considered in design of space structures.
[6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the factors which influence the choice of casting between precast
and cast - in - situ method. [6]
{{{
[5059]-526 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No :
P2151 [5059]-527 [Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Civil)
SUBSEA ENGINEERING
(2012 Course) (Semester - II) (Open Elective - IV)
Time : 3 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3, or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat sketches must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of non-programmable calculator.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) Explain subsea oil and non subsea oil extraction. engineering challenges faced
by each. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Sketch engineering components of subsea establishment for oil
exploration. [4]
b) Explain the over view of oil and gas industry. [6]
Q3) a) Explain role of Civil Engineer in sub sea oil establishment and exploration
process. [6]
b) Differentiate technical aspects of shallow and deep water oil exploration.[5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain relation between major components of subsea production system
with the help of suitable flow chart. [6]
b) State effect of shallow water and deep water oil exploration on production
system. [5]
[5059]-527 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain forces acting on deep sea, and shallow subsea pipe line system.[9]
b) Explain ROV and its application in subsea engineering. [6]
Q9) a) Sketch, typical off shore trussed structures showing typical design loads
under consideration. [9]
b) Discuss typical design options available for deep water pipe/riser design.
[8]
OR
Q10)a) Explain design steps, for pipe line under subsea to carry fluid. [9]
b) Explain the charismas tree and its functioning in subsea system. [8]
[5059]-527 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No :
P2152 [5059]-528 [Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Civil)
WAVE MECHANICS
(2012 Course) (4e) (401010) (Open Elective) (Semester - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Discuss the process of wave generation and draw a definition sketch of
wave propagation. [3]
b) Write a short note on wave rider buoy. [4]
OR
Q2) a) What are the phase resolving and phase averaging models. Give suitable
examples. [4]
b) Define finite amplitude wave, significant wave height, zero cross wave
period. [3]
[5059]-528 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Draw sketches for wave refraction in different cases. [3]
b) Write a short note on shoaling. [3]
Q9) a) Draw a typical beach profile and explain surf zone. [4]
b) What are the natural causes of shore line erosion. [6]
c) Enlist the coastal protection methods and elaborate any one in detail.[6]
OR
Q10)a) Define the terms sea, currents, surges, tides and Tsunamis. [5]
b) Explain the near shore beach system with sketch [5]
c) Enlist the different dynamic beach responses to the sea and explain any
one in detail [6]
Q11)a) Enlist different factors affecting the littoral process and explain any one
in detail. [6]
b) Explain the changes in the littoral zones with respect to time and space.
[6]
c) Write a note on classification of littoral materials. [6]
OR
Q12)a) Explain the effect of extreme events on littoral processes. [6]
b) Explain the effect of offshore wave climate on littoral transport. [6]
c) Explain all the consolidated rock materials in littoral processes. [6]
Y Y Y
[5059]-528 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059]-531
B.E. (Mechanical)
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING
(2012 Pattern)
Q1) a) Dense air refrigeration plant working on Belt Coleman cycle produces 6
tonn of ice at 0C per day. Lowest pressure is 1 bar and suction
temperature is 20C. Pressure ration is 6 and adiabatic index of
compression and expansion is g =1.4. Temperature of air leaving
condenser is 40C. [8]
Find :
i) COP
ii) Mass flow rate of air - refrigerant
iii) Piston displacement
iv) If bore dia = stroke length and double acting compressor has speed
300 rpm.
Find dimensions of bore. Given = Cpwater = 4.187 kJ/kgK
Latent heat of fusion of ice = 335 kJ/kg
Water inlet temperature 15C.
Draw P-V, T-S diagram.
b) Write short note = Air conditioning required in Hospital. [2]
P.T.O.
OR
Q2) a) Explain with neat block diagram working of domestic refrigerator. State
important parameters. [3]
b) Reversible carnot heat engine absorbs heat at temperature T2E and rejects
heat to sink at temperature T1. The power developed by engine is used
to drive reversible carnot refrigerator which absorbs heat from reservoir
at temperature T2R and rejects heat at T1. If T2E= 600 K and T2R= 300 K,
Find [7]
i) T1, such that heat supplied to heat engine is equal to heat absorbed
by refrigerator.
Q3) a) Ice factory produces 20 tonnes of ice per day from and at 0C. The
evaporator temperature is 8C and condenser temperature of 30C.
Refrigerant R-12 is subcooled by 5C before throttling. Suction vapors
are superheated by 2 degree. If the single acting twin cylinder compressor
has speed 1000 rpm, L:D ratio 1.5 [8]
Find
i) COP
i) Thermo physical
OR
[5059]-531 2
Q4) a) Give important conditions of Monbeal protocol and Kyoto protocol.[3]
Find
i) COP
ii) Capacity in TR
iii) Power required. Draw p-h, T-S diagram with parameters mentioned.
Specific heat of CO2 liq = 2.4 kJ/kgK. Use following table properties.
temp. P Vf Vg hf hg sf sg
C bar m3/kg kJ/kg kJ/kgK
15 22.88 0.00101 0.0166 49.62 322.86 0.1976 1.2567
15 50.92 0.00130 0.0063 127.75 308.08 0.4697 1.0959
25 64.32 0.00147 0.0042 164.17 283.63 0.5903 0.9912
Q5) a) Air is supplied to Room at - DBT = 22C and RH = 55%. Hot air is
passed through water spray section where water is sprayed at 10C.
Supply air has saturation temperature of 3C is supplied over heater
before water spray. [6]
Find
OR
[5059]-531 3
Q6) a) DBT of air 32C and WBT is 20C, is passed through cooling coil at
5C saturation temperature. The heat extracted by coil is 14 kW; and air
flow rate is 42.5 m3/min. Using psy - chart find [5]
b) Define : [6]
i) RSHF
ii) GSHF
iii) ESHF
c) If the total barometric pressure is 97 kPa and DBT = 36C and DPT=15C,
from fundamentals find properties of moist air. [5]
Q7) a) For cold storage plant, vegetable storage capacity is 450 tonnes. Inside
design condition 19C DBT, 60% RH. Outdoor conditions - 36C DBT,
28C WBT Infiltration - 180 m3/hr., Fresh air supply - 4500m3/hr. Number
of operators working = 20. [12]
[5059]-531 4
Determine
b) How the infiltration load are Estimated. Explain with example. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the concept 'comfort'; the factors affecting the human comfort
and use of comfort chart. [6]
Find
[5059]-531 5
Q9) a)
For the above duct system inlet velocity of air at A-A is 540 m/min. Loss
1 1
in B C u velocity pressure in (A-B), Loss in D-E Velocity
2 5
0.263 C1.85
pressure in (E-F) using friction loss equation Pf , where
D1.27
c) List the different types of fans used in air conditioning system. State
applications. [3]
OR
Ql0)a) Describe with sketch, physical working of humidity sensor and smoke
sensors. [6]
b) What are different materials used for ducts. State their advantages and
disadvantages applications. [6]
c) List minor losses and the methods of estimation of minor losses. [5]
{{{
[5059]-531 6
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059]-532
B.E. (Mechanical Engineering)
CAD/CAM AND AUTOMATION
(2012 Pattern) (End Semester)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q. No. 1 or Q. No. 2; Q. No. 3 or Q. No. 4; Q. No. 5 or Q. No. 6; Q. No.
7 or Q. No. 8;Q. No. 9 or Q. No. 10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of Electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) A triangle with vertices P (2, 2) Q (8, 2) and R (6,6) has undergone following
transformation in sequence. [10]
b) Scaling by 2 times
OR
Q3) a) Compare CSG and B-rep technique of solid modeling with neat sketch.[6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) An axial step bar is shown in figure 1. Determine deflection and stresses in
element and reaction force. [10]
Q5) a) Explain the linear, circular CW and circular CCW interpolation with G
code word address format for above interpolations. [6]
b) Write CNC part program for roughing and finishing using canned cycle
for turned component as shown in figure. Assume Suitable cutting data.
[12]
OR
Q6) a) Explain G28, G04, G40 and G41 code in part programming. [6]
b) Explain canned cycle for drilling and tapping in proper word address
format. [6]
[5059]-532 2
Q7) a) Classify various RP process. [6]
OR
Q9) a) Draw work envelope for Robot configuration. Explain the Spherical
Configuration Robot with neat sketch. [10]
OR
{{{
[5059]-532 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059]-533
B.E. (Mechanical)
DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY
(2012 Pattern) (End Semester)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of electronic calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) A four cylinder vertical engine has cranks 150 mm long. The cylinders
are spaced 200 mm apart. Mass of reciprocating parts of 1st, 2nd and 4th
cylinders are 50 kg, 60 kg and 50 kg respectively. Find the reciprocating
mass of the 3rd cylinder and relative angular positions of the cranks to
achieve complete primary balance. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) A shock absorber is to be designed so that its overshoot is 10% of the
initial displacement when released. Determine the damping factor. Also
find the overshoot if the damping factor is reduced to 50%. [6]
Q3) a) A single cylinder vertical petrol engine of total mass 320 kg is mounted
on a steel chassis and causes a vertical static deflection of 2 mm. The
reciprocating parts of the engine have a mass of 24 kg and move through
a vertical stroke of 150 mm with SHM. A dashpot attached to the system
offers a resistance of 490 N at a velocity of 0.3 m/s. Determine :
ii) the amplitude of steady state vibrations when the driving shaft of
the engine rotates at 480 rpm. [6]
i) Damping coefficient
OR
Q4) a) A horizontal spring mass system with coulomb damping has a mass of 5
kg attached to a spring of stiffness 980 N/m. If the coefficient of friction
is 0.25, calculate : [6]
[5059]-533 2
Q5) a) Find the natural frequencies of the system shown in Fig. 2. [12]
m1 =10 kg, m2 = 12 kg
k2 = 50 103N/m
k3 = 60 103 N/m.
i) Zero frequency
OR
Q6) a) Find the natural frequencies and mode shapes for the torsional system
shown in Fig. 3. Assume J1 = J0, J2 =2J0 and stiffness for each spring as
kt. [12]
[5059]-533 3
b) Explain the concept of torsionally equivalent shaft. [4]
OR
i) FFT analyzer
i) 0.5 W
ii) 1.5 W
iii) 2.2 W
[5059]-533 4
b) Explain the following terms : [10]
i) Wavelength
OR
i) Reflection coefficient
c) Show that if the sound pressure is doubled, the sound pressure level
increases by six decibels. [6]
{{{
[5059]-533 5
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
P3065 [5059]-534
[Total No. of Pages : 3
Q5) a) What is the NPV of a project, (life 2 year) which requires an investment
of Rs. 70,000 and yield Rs. 50,000 in the 1st year and Rs. 50,000 in the
next year, if the Interest rate is 10%. [5]
b) A sum of Rs. 1,20,000 is deposited in a bank at the beginning of a year.
The bank pays 6% interest annually. How much money is in the bank
account at the end of the fifth year, if no money is withdrawn? [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) Explain following financial analysis methods: [10]
a) Net Present Value.
b) Return on Investment.
c) Internal rate of return.
d) Simple Payback period.
e) Time Value of Money.
Q9) a) Explain the term Copper losses and Luminous Efficiency. [7]
b) Write a short note on the Electricity Act 2003. [7]
OR
[5059]-534 2
Q10)a) Explain the selection and location of Capacitors for improving power
factor. [7]
b) Explain the term Color Rendering Index (CRI) and Igniters. [7]
Q11)a) What are the heat wheels? Explain with neat sketch. [7]
E E E
[5059]-534 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 535
B.E. (Mechanical)
TRIBOLOGY
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - I) (End Semester)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Write Q.1 OR Q.2, Q.3 OR Q.4, Q.5 OR Q.6, Q.7 OR Q.8, Q.9 OR Q.10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, whenever necessary.
OR
Q2) a) Compare the sliding and rolling contact bearings in terms of the
following : [6]
i) Magnitude of the load ii) Nature of the load
iii) Starting friction iv) Positional accuracy
v) Speed vi) Noise
b) Explain stick-slip motion and friction instabilities in short. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What do you mean by Summerfield number? [2]
b) Following data is given for a 360 hydrodynamic bearing. [8]
i) Length to diameter ratio = 1
ii) Minimum film thickness variable = 0.3
iii) Journal diameter = 100 mm
iv) Diametral clearance = 100 m
v) External load = 9000 N
vi) Journal speed = 1350 rpm
Find:
i) The viscosity of oil that need to be used and
ii) The coefficient of friction
Given is table for Dimensionless parameter for 360 Hydrodynamic
journal bearing
L ho r Qs Pmax
s f
d C c Q P
0.2 0.8 0.0446 1.70 0.842 3.195
1.0 0.4 0.6 0.121 3.22 0.680 2.409
0.6 0.4 0.264 5.79 0.497 2.066
Q5) a) Following data is given for the hydrostatic step bearing: [8]
Thrust load = 450 KN
Shaft speed = 720 rpm
Shaft diameter = 500 mm
Recess diameter = 250 mm
Viscosity of the lubricant = 170 SUS
Specific gravity of the lubricant = 0.86
Specific heat of the lubricant = 1.76 KJ/Kg C
Oil film thickness = 0.16 mm
Calculate:
i) Supply Pressure
ii) Oil flow rate in liters per min [lpm]
iii) Frictional power loss
iv) Pumping power loss
v) The temperature rise in bearing
Assuming the total power loss in the bearing is converted into the
frictional heat.
b) Derive an expression for flow rate and pressure distribution in
hydrostatic step bearing. What are the assumptions made while deriving
the equation? [8]
[5059]-535 2
OR
Q6) a) Derive the expression for the pressure distribution, load carrying
capacity and time of approach for given instantaneous velocity of
approach and film thickness in case of rectangular plate approaching a
plane. [8]
b) A circular plate of diameter 150 mm is approaching a plane at a velocity
of 12.5 cm/s at the instant, oil-film thickness is 0.25 mm. The viscosity
of the oil is 0.035 Pa-s. Evaluate for squeeze film action. [8]
i) The maximum pressure
ii) Average pressure
iii) Load carrying capacity
iv) Time required to squeeze the oil film from 0.25 mm to 0.005 mm
OR
OR
vvvv
[5059]-535 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No :
P2153 [5059]-536 [Total No. of Pages : 6
B.E.(Mechanical Engineering)
RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - I) (End Semester)(Elective)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory i.e. Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3, or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or
Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Explain the delta star method to determine reliability of bridge network.[4]
b) Accelerometers of 350 numbers were tested for 120 hours and the number
of failed accelerometers out of 350 accelerometers is tabulated as given
below. Find the hazard rate and reliability and tabulate the results. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the term product liability and state the most common basic causes
of failures of engineering product. [4]
[5059]-536 1 P.T.O.
b) For the system shown in Fig.1, find the reliability of the system using conditional
probability approach. [6]
Fig. 1
OR
Q4) a) What is reliability allocation? Write the advantages of reliability allocation
method. [4]
[5059]-536 2
b) Calculate the reliability of the system shown in Fig.2. The number in each
block shows the reliability of each component. [6]
Q5) a) Explain availability and maintainability. Show that mean time to repair
(MTTR) is the reciprocal of repair rate, from the basic maintainability
equation. [8]
[5059]-536 3
Q7) a) Write the names and meanings of symbols shown below and show its
application. [8]
Fig. 3
OR
[5059]-536 4
Q8) a) Carry out the failure mode and effect analysis of a bolt used for clamping
an I.C. engine cylinder and head together. Tabulate any 4 probable failure
modes, causes and effects for bolt. [8]
b) Draw the fault tree diagram for the system configuration shown in the
Fig.4. Write minimum tie sets and find the reliability of the system from
the reliability of individual elements shown in figure, assuming them to
be independent. [10]
[5059]-536 5
b) Explain in detail about the need of data acquisition and the points to be
considered while doing it. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Failure data of 11 CFLs is given below. Use mean ranking and median
ranking method to find reliability of CFls and plot the graph between
failure time and reliability for both methods. [8]
CFL No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Failure
time Hrs 340 294 567 431 142 265 389 530 456 78 684
b) Classify the different tests carried out for Reliability testing and explain
in brief about each type. [8]
[5059]-536 6
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No :
P2154 [5059]-537 [Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Mechanical)
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN
(2012 Course) (402044D)
Time : 2Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Assume suitable data if necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of non-programmable electronic calculator is allowed.
SECTION - I
Q1) What are the regulations and range of speed based on preferred number series.
[10]
OR
Q2) Explain with the schematic diagram design of Speed box with overlapping
speed steps. [10]
Q3) What is the modern technique in design of Machine Tool Structures. [10]
OR
Q4) With the schematic, explain the stress analysis of Bed. [10]
Q5) a) Discuss the operation of guideways under liquid friction condition. [5]
b) What is stick-slip motion in slide-ways. Explain. [5]
OR
Q6) Explain the design criteria and calculations of any Hydrostatic slide-ways.[10]
SECTION - II
Q7) Explain the design procedure of rolling friction power screw. [12]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the methods of preloading of antifriction bearings. [6]
[5059]-537 1 P.T.O.
Q9) Explain the dynamic characteristics of the equivalent elastic system with the
sketches. [12]
OR
Q10)What is stability analysis? Explain its effect on the cutting process on machine
tools. [12]
[5059]-537 2
Total No. of Questions :10] SEAT No. :
P3066 [5059]-538
[Total No. of Pages : 3
B.E. (Mechanical)
GAS TURBINE & PROPULSION
(2012 Course) (End-Semester) (Semester-I) (Elective-II) (402045-A)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
b) In a gas turbine plant, the suction occurs at 1 bar and 27C. The air is
compressed to 4 bar. Maximum temperature is 572C. Find the air-fuel
ratio. Assume isentropic efficiency of compressor & turbine, as 85%.
Take Cp for air & gases as 1.005 and 0.97 kJ/kgK, respectively, C.V =
42 MJ/kg. [7]
OR
a) Rocket propulsion.
Q3) a) Write a note on the various parameters affecting the flight performance.
[4]
OR
OR
i) W. D. per kg of air.
ii) Nozzle angle.
Q7) a) Explain the processes involved in an axial flow compressor with the help
of T-s diagram. [6]
b) Write notes on: [10]
OR
[5059]-538 -2-
Q8) Write notes on: [16]
a) Radial & axial flow compressors.
Q9) a) Explain the different types of combustion chambers used in gas turbines.
[9]
b) Write notes on: [9]
i) Desirable features of combustion chamber of a gas turbine.
ii) Combustion chamber arrangements.
OR
[5059]-538 -3-
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3774 [5059]-539
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E. (Mechanical)
PRODUCT DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - II) (402045 B)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q1) What is Product Design Team? Explain any Six Roles in Team in detail. [10]
OR
Q2) What are disadvantages of Traditional Design Process? Explain systematic
procedure of Modern Product Development. [10]
Q5) What is Forward and Reverse Engineering? Discuss the necessity and
procedure of Product Tear Down. Explain Force Flow Diagram for Paper
Punching Machine. [18]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the procedure for setting Product Specification. Describe
Specification Sheet for suitable example with Functional Requirement
and Constraints. [10]
b) Explain any Two Product Architectures. [8]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain the guidelines for Design for Assembly. [6]
b) What are guidelines for Design for Robustness? Discuss. [5]
c) Explain the guidelines for Design for Welding. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss in detail Function Form Diagram with suitable example. [8]
b) Discuss various Regional and Global issues of Environmental
Pollution. [8]
Q9) a) Elaborate the concept of Product Life Cycle Management. Explain the
role of People, Tools, Processes, Methods and Data in PLM. [10]
b) Discuss various phases of lifecycle and corresponding technologies
applied in. [6]
OR
Q10)a) Discuss the Essential characteristics of PLM system. [8]
b) Discuss the concept of Product Data and Product Workflow. [8]
E E E
[5059]-539 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
[5059]-540
B.E. (Mechanical)
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
2) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) A firm manufactures pain relieving pills in two sizes A and B. Size A contains
4 grains of element X, 7 grains of element Y and 2 grains of element Z. Size B
contains 2 grains of element X, 10 grains of element Y and 8 grains of element
Z. It is found by users that it requires at least 12 grains of element X, 74 grains
of element Y and 24 grains of element Z to provide immediate relief. It is
required to determine the least number of pills a patient should take to get
immediate relief. Formulate the problem as standard L.P.P. [7]
OR
Q2) a) What is Decision Making? Explain and differentiate this under the
condition of certainty and uncertainty. [4]
b) State advantages and limitations of decision tree approach. [3]
Q3) Solve the following transportation problem using Stepping Stone Method. [7]
Plants Destination
D1 D2 D3 D4 Supply
P1 20 30 50 17 7
P2 70 35 40 60 10
P3 40 12 60 25 18
Requirement 5 8 7 15
OR
Q4) A team of 5 horses and 5 riders has entered a Jumping show contest. The
number of penalty points to be expected when each rider rides any horse is
shown below. [7]
P.T.O.
Rider
R1 R2 R3 R4 R5
H1 5 3 4 7 1
H2 2 3 7 6 5
Horse H3 4 1 5 2 4
H4 6 8 1 2 3
H5 4 2 5 7 1
How should the horses be allotted to the riders so as to minimize the expected
loss of the team?
Q5) Two firms are competing for business under the conditions such that one
firms gain is another firms loss. Firm As payoff matrix is given below : [6]
Firm B
No Medium Heavy
Advertising Advertising Advertising
No
Advertising 10 5 2
Medium
Firm A Advertising 13 12 15
Heavy
Advertising 16 14 10
Suggest optimal strategies for the two firms and the net outcome thereof.
OR
i) How many ball bearing units must be sold in order to break even?
ii) What would be profit or loss if 1,000 items are made & sold in a month?
iii) How many items must be sold to realize a profit of Rs. 40,000?
[5059]-540 2
Q7) a) The cost of parameters and other factors for a production inventory
system of automobile pistons are given below. [8]
Demand per year = 6,000 units Unit Cost = Rs. 40
Set-up Cost = Rs. 500, Production Rate per year = 36,000 units, Holding
cost per unit per year = Rs. 8, Shortage cost per unit per year = Rs. 20
Find
i) optimal lot size.
ii) number of shortage and
iii) manufacturing time and time between set-ups.
b) The cost of machine is Rs. 6,100 and its scrap value is Rs. 100. The
maintenance costs found from experience are as follows : [8]
Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Mainteance
Cost (Rs.) 100 250 400 600 900 1,200 1,600 2,000
When should the machine be replaced?
OR
Q8) a) A stockist has to supply 400 units of a product every Monday to his
customers. He gets the product at Rs.50 per unit from the manufacturer.
The cost of ordering and transportation from the manufacturer is Rs.75
per order. The cost of carrying inventory is 7.5% per year of the cost of
product. [8]
Calculate:
i) Economic order quantity
ii) total optimal cost
iii) total weekly profit if the item is sold for Rs.55 per unit.
b) The following failure rates have been observed for a certain type of light
bulbs : [8]
End of week 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Probability of
failure to date 0.05 0.13 0.25 0.43 0.68 0.88 0.96 1.00
The cost of replacing an individual failed bulb is Rs. 1.25. The decision
is made to replace all bulbs simultaneously at fixed intervals, and also to
replace individual bulbs as they fail in service, If the cost of group
replacement is 30 paise per bulb, what is the best interval between group
replacements? At what group replacement price per bulb would a policy
of strictly individual replacement become preferable to the adopted policy?
[5059]-540 3
Q9) a) In a factory, the machines breakdown on an average rate of 10 machines
per hour. The idle time cost of a machine is estimated to be Rs. 20 per
hour. The factory works 8 hours a day. The factory manager is considering
2 mechanics for repairing the machines. The first mechanic A takes about
5 minutes, on an average, to repair a machine and demands wages at the
rate of Rs.l0 per hour. The second mechanic B takes about 4 minutes in
repairing a machine and demands wages at the rate of Rs. 15 per hour.
Assuming that the rate of machine breakdown is Poisson distributed and
the repair rate is exponentially distributed, which of the two mechanics
should be engaged? [8]
b) A machine operator has to perform three operations: turning, threading
and knurling on a number of different jobs. The time required to perform
these operations (in minutes) for each job is known. Determine the order
in which the jobs should be processed in order to minimize the total time
required to turn out all the jobs. Also find the idle times for the three
operations. [8]
Job Time for Time for Time for
turning (minutes) threading (minutes) knurling (minutes)
1 3 8 13
2 12 6 14
3 5 4 9
4 2 6 12
5 9 3 8
6 11 1 13
OR
Q10) a) A super market has two sales girls at the sales counters. If the service
time for each customer is exponential with a mean of 4 minutes. and if
the people arrive in a Poisson fashion at the rate of an 10 hour, then
calculate : [8]
i) Probability that a customer has to wait for being served?
ii) Expected percentage of idle time for each sales girl?
iii) If a customer has to wait, what is expected length of his waiting
time?
b) A manufacturing company processes 6 different jobs on two machines
A and B. Number of units of each job and its processing times on A & B
are given in table. Find the optimal sequence. the total minimum elapsed
[5059]-540 4
time and idle time for either machine. [8]
Job No No. of Units Processing time
of each job Machine A Machine B
(minutes) (minutes)
1 3 5 8
2 4 16 7
3 2 6 11
4 5 3 5
5 2 9 7.5
6 3 6 14
Q11) a) The utility data for a network are given below. Determine the total, free,
independent and interfering floats and identify critical path. [10]
Activity 0-1 1-2 1-3 2-4 2-5 3-4 3-6 4-7 5-7 6-7
Duration 2 8 10 6 3 3 7 5 2 8
b) A dentist schedules all her patients for 30 minutes appointments. Some
of the patients take more or less than 30 minutes depending on the type
of dental work to be done. The following summary shows the various
categories of work, their probabilities and the time needed to complete
work. [8]
Category Time required (minutes) Probability of category
Filling 45 0.40
Crown 60 0.15
Cleaning 15 0.15
Extraction 45 0.10
Checkup 15 0.20
Simulate the dentists clinic for four hours and determine the average
waiting time for the patients as well the idleness of the doctor. Assume
that all the patients show up at the clinic at exactly their scheduled arrived
times, starting at 8 am. Use the following random numbers for handling
the above problem: 40, 82, 11, 34, 25, 66, 17 and 79.
OR
[5059]-540 5
Q12) a) The time estimates (in weeks) for the activities of a PERT network are
given below. [12]
Activity To Tm Tp
1-2 1 1 7
1-3 1 4 7
1-4 2 2 8
2-5 1 1 1
3-5 2 5 14
4-6 2 5 8
5-6 3 6 15
i) Draw the project network and identify all the paths through it.
iii) Calculate the standard deviation and variance of the project length.
vi) The probability that the project will be completed on schedule if the
scheduled completion time is 20 weeks.
vii) What should be the scheduled completion time for the probability
of completion to be 90%?
vvvv
[5059]-540 6
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 541
B.E. (Mechanical Engineering)
ADVANCED MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory i.e. Solve Q.1 or Q. 2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6,
Q.7 or Q.8 and Q.9 or Q.l0.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Match the characteristics and/or application given on right hand side
with the appropriate advanced manufacturing processes given on left
hand side. [4]
Advanced Manufacturing Processes Process characteristics and/or applications
i) Electromagnetic forming A) Only female die is needed
ii) Flow forming B) Magnetic pulse forming
iii) Electro Hydro forming C) Vacuum in the die is prerequisite
iv) Roll forming D) Capacitor bank
v) Shear spinning E) Pivoted pointer
vi) High energy rate forming F) Rollers with automated controlled
movements
vii) Explosive forming G) Hemispherical, hemi ellipsoidal
profile forming
viii) Spinning H) Flower design
b) State and explain the different parameters which affect the heat
generation during Friction stir welding (FSW). [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) State whether the following statements are true or false : [4]
i) Rolling, forging, drawing, extrusion are the bulk deformation
processes wherein the work formed has a low surface area to
volume ratio.
ii) Hydroforming is generally referred to manufacturing of hollow
sections such as tubes and not applicable to from the planer surfaces
such as angles, channels and sheets.
iii) High Energy Rate Forming (HERF) process is not suitable to
form titanium and tungsten alloys under high strain rates.
iv) Flow stress is a critical parameter in metal forming process as it
specifies the force and power requirements for the machinery to
perform the process.
b) State the advantages in terms of metallurgical, environmental and
energy benefits of friction stir welding (four each). [6]
OR
OR
[5059]-541 2
Q6) a) With a schematic of micro-electro discharge machining set-up describe
the different peripherals of micro-EDM set-up. Also, state the
applications of micro-EDM process (four each). [8]
b) Using cause and effect diagram state the various process parameters
which affect the ultrasonic micromachining (USMM) process
performance? Also, describe the effect of process parameters on material
removal rate and tool wear when using USMM. [8]
OR
Q8) a) With a schematic explain the working principle and process steps of
extrusion based additive manufacturing process. [8]
b) With a schematic state the working principle of sheet lamination process.
Also, state various methods to manufacture a component using this
technique. [8]
OR
vvvv
[5059]-541 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 542
B.E. (Mechanical)
POWER PLANT ENGINEERING
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or Q. 8, Q.9 or Q. 10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of scientific calculator is allowed.
4) Assume data wherever necessary and mention it.
5) Draw neat and suitable figures wherever necessary.
OR
Q2) a) From following data calculate cost of generation per unit delivered
from the power plant. [6]
Installed capacity of power plant = 200 Mw
Annual load factor = 0.4
Capital cost of power plant = Rs. 280 Lacks
Annual cost of fuel, Oil, Salaries & taxation = Rs. 60 Lacks
Interest & depreciation = 13%
b) With neat sketch explain ash handling system. [4]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Write a note on Hydrograph and Flow duration curve. [4]
b) Explain with neat sketch CANDU reactor. Also state the merits and
demerits. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Discuss the site selection, advantages & disadvantages for Hydroelectric
Power Plant. [6]
b) Write a note on Nuclear waste disposal. [4]
Q5) a) Draw a typical layout of Diesel Power Station and Explain it. [6]
b) A Gas turbine unit has pressure ratio 6:1 & maximum cycle temperature
of 610C. The isentropic efficiency of the compressor and turbine are
0.80 and 0.82 respectively. Calculate power output in kilowatts of an
electrical generator geared to the turbine when the air enters the
compressor at 15C at the rate of 16 Kg/Sec. Also calculate thermal
efficiency and work ratio of the plant. Assume i) Cp = 1.005 Kj/Kg &
= 1.4 for compression processes ii) Cp = 1.11 Kj/Kg & = 1.333 for
expansion processes iii) Cp = 1.11 Kj/Kg for combustion processes.
[10]
OR
[5059]-542 2
Q7) a) Write a note on
i) Challenges in commercialization of Non-Conventional Power
Plants. [5]
ii) Low & High Temperature Solar Power Plant. [5]
b) Explain single basin and double basin tidal power plant with neat
diagrams. [8]
OR
Q8) a) With neat sketch explain the working of a fuel cell and list out its
advantages over other nonconventional systems. [10]
b) Discuss the parameters to be consider for site selection of wind power
plant. [8]
Q9) a) State the various protective equipments and explain the working of
switch gear in power plant. [8]
b) Write a note on thermal pollution of water & its control. [4]
c) Write a note on Noise pollution by power plants. [4]
Q10)a) Draw the typical layout of electrical equipment & discuss the role of
control room. [8]
b) What are different methods used to control SO2 in the flue gases?
Explain any two. [8]
vvvv
[5059]-542 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 543
B.E. (Mechanical)
MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - VIII)
Time : 3 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Write the procedure for kinematic design of multispeed gear box for
machine tools. [6]
b) How the standard normal distribution curve differ than normal
distribution curve. [4]
OR
Q2) a) A machine tool requires six speed gear box. which having a 160 rpm
minimum and 1000 rpm maximum speed, when the motor shaft speed
is 1440 rpm. [4]
b) A particular type of rolling contact bearing has a normally distributed
time to failure with a mean of 10,000 hours and a standard deviation
of 750 h. If there are 100 such bearings fitted at a time, how many may
be expected to fail within the first 11000h? [6]
Z 0 1 2 3 4 5
1.3 0.4032 0.4049 0.4066 0.4082 0.4099 0.4115
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Describe with neat sketch the procedure to calculate the power
requirement for belt conveyors. [4]
b) Following data refers to a horizontal belt conveyor used for
transporting iron ore-capacity of conveyor = 300103 kg/hour, belt
speed = 180 m/minute, density of coal () = 7848 N/m3, Number of
plies for belt(Zp) = 3, material factor for plies (k1) = 2, Belt tension and
arc of contact factor for belt (k2) = 60, Electric motor speed = 1440
rpm, centre distance between snub pulleys, (d1) = 200m, centre distance
between drive and tail pulley (d2) = 240m. Pitch of carrying run idlers,
(tc) = 1m, Pitch of return run idlers (tr) = 2.5m. Surcharge factor =
0.0725 determine : [6]
i) Width of belt
ii) Reduction ratio of gear reducer
iii) The number of carrying and return run idlers.
Q5) a) i) What are the types of end closure for cylindrical pressure vessel?[4]
ii) What are the methods of prestressing the cylinder? [4]
b) i) Derive the Lames equation. Explain under what conditions it is
used? [5]
ii) An air receiver consisting of a 500 mm diameter cylinder closed
by hemi-spherical ends, is made of steel FeE 200 and the factor
of safety is 2.5. The operating pressure is limited to 3MPa. Treating
the receiver as a thin cylinder, calculate the thickness of the cylinder
wall and the hemispherical ends. Neglect the effect of welded
joints. [5]
OR
Q6) a) The hydraulic cylinder 400 mm bore operates at a maximum pressure
of 5 N/mm2. The piston rod is connected to the load and the cylinder
to the frame through hinged joints. Design (1) cylinder (2) piston rod
(3) hinge pin. The allowable tensile stress for cast steel cylinder and
end cover is 80 MPa and for piston rod is 60 MPa. Take = 45 N/mm2
for hinge pin Draw the hydraulic cylinder with piston & piston rod.[8]
[5059]-543 2
b) i) A high pressure cylinder consists of a steel tube with inner and
outer diameters of 20 mm and 40 mm respectively. It is jacketed
by an outer steel tube having an outer diameter of 60 mm. The tubes
are assembled by a shrinking process in such a way that maximum
principal stress induced in any tube is limited to 100 N/mm2.
Calculate the shrinkage pressure and original dimensions of the
tube E = 207 kN/mm2. [5]
ii) Explain with neat sketches the different types of formed heads
used as end closures in cylindrical pressure vessels. [5]
Q7) a) Explain the step by step procedure for designing of piston of IC engine.
[6]
b) Determine the dimension of the cross section of the connecting rod for
a diesel engine with following data : [10]
c = 275 N/mm 2
Q10)a) Write a short note on design for manufacturing and assembly. [6]
b) In lightweight equipment, a shaft is required to transmit 45KW power
at 480 RPM. Required stiffness of shaft is 90N-m/ Degree. Factor of
safety based on Sys is 2.
Using max shear stress theory of failure design the shaft with the
objective of minimum weight by using optimum material from the list
given in Table 1 above. [10]
Assume G = 70000 N/mm2 for all materials.
vvvv
[5059]-543 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No :
P2155 [5059]-544 [Total No. of Pages : 3
B.E.(Mechanical)
REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
DESIGN
(2012 Course) (402049A) (Semester - II)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of logarithmc tables slide rule, Mollier charts, Electronic pocket calculator,
steam tables and p-h chart is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) State advantages of CO2 system over conventional system. Explain the
following transcritical refrigeration cycle: [10]
a) Ejector-expansion type
b) internal heat exchange cycle.
OR
Q2) a) Explain the construction working of externally compensated regulating
valve. [6]
b) Write a short note on : re-evaporator coils. [4]
Q3) a) List out the limitations of VCS for the production of low temperatures.[5]
b) Sketch and explain Linde cycle using T-s and p-h diagram. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Discuss various applications of cryogenics. [5]
b) Explain the performance characteristic curves of reciprocating
compressor. [5]
Q5) a) Explain the procedure of thermal design of shell and tube condensers.[8]
b) Write a short note on Pump Circulation System. [8]
OR
[5059]-544 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Design R-22 condenser to meet the following conditions: [10]
Refrigeration load 30 TR
Condensing temperature 55oC
Evaporating temperature -15oC
Water inlet temperature 27oC
Water flow rate per TR 0.00757 m3/min
Heat rejection factor 1.013
Maximum tube length & diameter 3.6576 m & 2.54cm
Fouling factor 0.001m2K/W
HTC inner & outer side respectively 6000 W/m2.K & 1500 W/m2.K
State the selection basis of condenser
b) Write a short note on Baudelot Cooler. [6]
Q7) A test is performed on an induced draft counter flow cooling tower. The
following observations are made: [16]
Water flow rate : 12.67 kg/s
Air flow rate : 11.9 kg/s
Water entering temperature : 36.3oC
Water leaving temperature : 32.1oC
Ambient air conditions : 43.3 oC DBT, 25.6oC WBT
If the dimensions of the tower are length L= 3.9624m, width W=2.616 m and
height H=2.438 Determine the following:
a) Value of the performance coefficient.
b) The wetted area of tower if air HTC is 83 W/m2K.
c) Value of mass transfer coefficient.
d) Exit condition of air.
OR
Q8) a) Explain the performance curves of cooling tower. [8]
b) Discuss various types of contact type of cooling tower. [8]
[5059]-544 2
Q9) a) What is heat pipe? Explain advantages of heat pipe over other heat
transport material. [8]
b) Explain limitations to heat transport in a heat pipe. [10]
OR
Q10)Write a short note on: [18]
a) Magnetic Refrigeration.
b) Pulse Tube
c) Steam jet Refrigeration.
Y Y Y
[5059]-544 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 545
B.E. (Mechanical)
ROBOTICS
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - III) (Semester - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
2) Draw neat figures wherever necessary.
3) Use of Scientific calculators is allowed.
OR
Q2) a) Classify Robots and explain any one Robot configuration in detail.[4]
b) Explain the steps involved in DH notation process. [6]
Q3) a) Explain with suitable examples velocity ellipse and ellipsoids. [6]
b) Explain the working principle of vision sensor with neat sketch. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
OR
OR
Q8) a) A spring mass system has m=2.2, b==7.5,k=3.5. If the gain in the
velocity control is 2.5 determine the control law to make the system
critically damped. Compare the behavior of the system without gains
by plotting the graph assuming x(0) and velocity (0)=l.2. [10]
b) Explain with neat sketch PID controller. [8]
OR
vvvv
[5059]-545 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 546
B.E. (Mechanical Engineering)
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - III)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers should be written in one answer book.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
OR
OR
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) Following are the element times of a machining operation. The
corresponding rating and relaxation allowances are given in table as below:
1 0.15 1 100 12
2 0.12 1 90 15
3 0.08 1 75 11
4 10.00 1/50 80 11
5 6.00 1/55 90 13
Calculate normal time, standard time for this job. [7]
Q7) a) ABC Company uses exponential smoothing with = 0.15 for estimating
a demand. Following table shows the demand for 6 months. The
forecast for June is 500 units. Estimate the forecast for December. [8]
Month Actual Demand Forecast
June 450 500
July 505
August 516
September 488
October 467
November 554
b) Explain briefly ABC analysis and VED analysis used in Industries.[8]
OR
Q8) a) Annual demand for an item is 5400 units, ordering cost is Rs 600 per
order, inventory carrying cost is 12% of average inventory. Determine
order size. [8]
Lot size Unit Price(Rs)
0-2300 12
2400-2999 10
3000 and above 8
[5059]-546 2
b) What is demand forecasting? Explain Moving Average Method for
demand forecasting. [8]
Q9) a) In a company for one product assembly line requires 7 different tasks.
Precedence information and task time is given below. If cycle time is 7
minutes find the minimum number of stations. Also calculate the line
efficiency and smoothness index. [9]
Task, t Task time, t Precedence
1 3 None
2 4 1
3 1 1
4 4 1
5 3 2
6 1 3 and 4
7 2 5 and 6
b) Write short note on : [8]
i) Selection criterion for material handling.
ii) Supply chain network.
OR
Q10)a) Define plant location and plant layout. What are various factors involved
in selection of site for good plant. [9]
b) Write short note on [8]
i) Material flow patterns
ii) Line balancing
Q11)a) Write short note on Depreciation and causes for depreciation. [8]
b) A Company has given following information [9]
Data Rs.
Sales 1,50,000/-
Variable Overheads 1,20,000/-
Gross Profit 60,000/-
Fixed Overheads 20,000/-
Net Profit 40,000/-
Determine-
i) P/V ratio
ii) BEP
iii) Net profit when sales are Rs. 4,00,000/-
[5059]-546 3
OR
vvvv
[5059]-546 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 547
B.E. (Mechanical)
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - IV)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary. Figures to the right side
indicate full marks.
3) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain in detail the various flow models using an infinitesimal control
volume. [6]
b) Write three fundamental physical principles upon which fluid dynamics
is based on. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain any two possible errors in CFD analysis with examples. [4]
b) Write in detail with neat sketches [6]
i) hybrid grid
ii) multiblock grid
iii) body fitted grid
Explain the significance of each grid.
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Explain in detail Dirichlet and Neumann boundary conditions with
examples. Draw neat sketches. [4]
b) Consider one dimensional steady-state heat conduction in rectangular
horizontal fin as shown in Fig. 1 The rectangular fin is subjected to the
boundary conditions are shown in Fig.l. [6]
2.25 1 T1 1
1 2.25 1 T 0
2 =
1 2.25 1 T3 0
2 2.25 T4 0
2 2
+u +v = v 2 + 2
t x y x y
the CFL condition should be less than or equal to 0.5 for system to
remain stable,
b) Explain Lax-Wendroff Method? Derive an expression for Lax
Wendroff method and comment on the order of accuracy of the method.
[8]
OR
Q6) a) Write first order wave equation. Discretize the wave equation with
suitable numerical technique and find out the numerical solution at
next time level. [10]
b) Derive and explain MacCormacks technique with predictor and
corrector step. [8]
[5059]-547 2
Q7) a) Explain the CFD simulation process for flow through pipe using
SIMPLE numerical technique. Write stepwise algorithm to find out
the numerical simulation using SIMPLE technique. [10]
b) Write a short note on finite volume method. Comment on preference
of finite volume method over finite difference method. [6]
OR
[5059]-547 3
Q10)a) CFD Post-processing is an important tool to study and analyze the
fluid flow and heat transfer behavior. [6]
i) Write in detail the post-processing and its importance in CFD
analysis process.
ii) Enlist the different tools in post processing in CFD to analyze the
fluid flow and heat transfer.
b) A computational domain with different boundary conditions is shown
in Figure 3. Show with neat sketch where fine mesh is appropriately
located. Explain in brief the importance of fine mesh in the domain.[4]
vvvv
[5059]-547 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3067 [5059]-548
[Total No. of Pages :4
B.E.(Mechanical)
FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
(2012 Course)(Semester-II)(Elective-IV)(402050B)
Time :2Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Draw suitable neat diagrams, wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if required.
Q1) a) Explain step by step procedure for FEA and comment on convergence
based on elemental size. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write down the difference between Weighted Residual Method and Weak
Formulations. [6]
Q3) Determine the forces in the members of the truss shown in Fig.Take E=
200GPa. A=2000mm2. [10]
OR
[5059]-548 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Determine the nodal displacement, element stresses and support reactions
of the axially loaded bar as shown in Fig.Take E=200GPa and P=30kN
[6]
d) State and explain the three basic laws on which isoparametric concept is
developed. [4]
OR
[5059]-548 2
b) For the element shown in Fig, assemble Jacobian matrix and strain
displacement matrix for the Gaussian point(0.7,0.5). [10]
Q7) a) Write down governing equation of steady state heat transfer and also
write down elemental stiffness matrix and compare with Bar element.[6]
OR
[5059]-548 3
Q10)a) Explain difference between consistent and lumped mass matrix technique
for modal analysis of structure. [6]
b) Find the natural frequencies of longitudinal vibrations of the unconstrained
stepped shaft of areas A and 2A and of equal lengths(L), as shown
below. [10]
tu tu tu
[5059]-548 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 549
B.E. (Mechanical Engineering)
DESIGN OF PUMPS, BLOWERS AND COMPRESSORS
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - IV) (Semester - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6,Q.7 or Q.8,Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain the basic equation of Energy Transfer between fluid and rotor
[6]
b) Define the following terms [4]
i) Pump ii) Fan and Blower
iii) Compressor iv) Turbine
OR
Q3) a) What is slip ? Explain the negative slip with neat sketch. [5]
b) The cylinder bore diameter of a single acting reciprocating pump is
150 mm and its stroke length is 300 mm. The pumps runs at 50 r.p.m.
and lifts water through a height of 25 m. The delivery pipe is 22 m
long and 100 mm in diameter. Find the theoretical discharge and the
theoretical power required to run the pump. If the actual discharge is
4.2 liters/s. Find the percentage slip .Also determine the acceleration
head at the beginning and middle of the delivery stroke. [5]
P.T.O.
OR
Q5) a) Explain the different Mechanical losses in fans and blowers? [8]
b) A Centrifugal fan has the following data : [8]
Inner diameter of the impeller 18 cm
Outer diameter of the impeller 20 cm
Speed 1450 rpm
The relative and absolute velocities respectively are
At entry 20 m/s, 21 m/s
At exit 17 m/s, 25 m/s
Flow rate 0.5 kg/s
Motor efficiency 78%
Determine i) Stage Pressure rise ii) Degree of reaction iii) the power to
drive the fan
Take density of air as 1.25 kg /m3
OR
[5059]-549 2
Q7) a) Explain design procedure & selection, optimization of blower. [8]
b) An axial fan stage consisting of only a rotor has the following data[8]
Rotor blade air angle at exit 10
Tip diameter 60 cm
Hub diameter 30 cm
Rotational speed 960 rpm
Power required 1 kW
Flow coefficient 0.245
(Inlet flow conditions P1 = 1.02 bar and T1 = 3.16 K)
Determine the rotor blade angle at the entry, the flow rate, stage pressure
rise, overall efficiency, degree of reaction, and specific speed.
OR
Q8) a) What are main cause for noise generation? What are methods for
reducing the fan noise? [8]
b) The velocities for upstream and downstream of an open propeller fan
(d = 50 cm) are 5 and 25 m/s respectively. If the ambient conditions
are P = 1.02 bar, t = 37C determine: [8]
i) Flow rate through the fan
ii) Total pressure developed by the fan and
iii) The power required to drive the fan assuming the overall efficiency
of the fan as 40%
[5059]-549 3
Determine:-
1) Air angles at the stator and rotor entry.
2) The mass flow rate of air.
3) The power required to drive the compressor.
4) The loading coefficient.
5) The pressure ratio developed by the stage.
6) Mach number at the rotor entry.
OR
vvvv
[5059]-549 4
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 550
B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Self Study - III)
Time : 3 Hours] [Max. Marks :100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
SECTION - I
OR
Q2) a) What are the various layouts of automobile? Explain following layout
with advantage & disadvantage. [8]
i) Front wheel drive, Front Engine.
ii) Front Engine Rear wheel drive.
b) Describe with neat sketch constructional detail of front axle used in
automobile. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Describe with neat sketch construction of tyre. What is role of tread
design? Explain. [8]
b) What is differential? Why it is necessary? Describe construction of
differential used in case of rear wheel drive. [8]
OR
SECTION - II
OR
Q8) a) Explain purpose of head restraint used to seat with a neat sketch. [8]
b) Describe head lamp assembly with a neat sketch. [8]
OR
[5059]-550 2
Q11)a) Explain hydraulic dozers with neat sketch. [6]
b) Write function of heavy wheeled tractors. [6]
c) Explain application of multi-axle vehicles. [6]
OR
vvvv
[5059]-550 3
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 551
B.E. (Mechanical-Sandwich)
POWER PLANT ENGINEERING
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours] [Max. Marks :100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from Section - I and three questions from Section - II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
SECTION - I
Q1) a) Explain with neat sketch the concept of fluidised bed combustion
system. [8]
b) A steam turbine receives steam at 20 bar and 350C and exhaust to
condenser at 0.06 bar .Determine the thermal efficiency , Specific steam
consumption and work ratio- of ideal Rankine cycle. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Why flue gas analysis is required? Explain any one method of analysing
the flue gases. [8]
b) Fuel is supplied to engine has following composition on mass basis
85% carbon,13% hydrogen, 2% oxygen. The air supplied is 60% in
excess of that theoretically required for complete combustion. Estimate
volumetric composition of dry flue gas. [8]
Q3) a) Explain with neat sketch Lamont boiler. What are the advantages of
Lamont boiler. [8]
b) Compare induction draught and forced draught. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are different flue gas cleaning devices? Explain pulse jet cleaning
method with neat sketch. [8]
b) What is necessity of feed water treatment? What are different methods
of feed water treatment. Explain any one method. [8]
Q5) a) Discuss the parameters on which the selection of site for a hydraulic
power plant depend. [8]
b) Explain the following : [10]
i) headrace ii) tailrace
iii) tunnel iv) penstock
OR
SECTION - II
OR
Q8) a) Draw the layout of diesel power plant and explain. [6]
b) Differentiate between BWR and PWR. [6]
c) Explain heat balance sheet of diesel power plant. [6]
Q9) a) Why thermal efficiency of gas turbine is high at high altitude. Compare
open cycle and closed cycle gas turbine. [8]
b) With the help of neat sketch discuss the working principle of [8]
i) MHD plant
ii) Bio mass plant
OR
[5059]-551 2
Q10)a) What are various methods used to improve the efficiency and output
of gas turbine explain with layout and T-S diagram. [8]
b) Explain the working principle of fuel cell. Explain with neat sketch
Ion exchange membrane cell. [8]
OR
Q12)a) Explain the method of drawing load duration curve using load curve.
What is ideal and realised load curve. [8]
b) A consumer has following connected load 10 lamps of 60 Watt each.
2 heaters of 1000 Watt each. Maximum demand is 1500 Watt. On the
average he uses 8 lamps for 5 hrs a day and each heater for 3 hrs a day:
Find his average demand, load factor and monthly energy consumption.
[8]
vvvv
[5059]-551 3
Total No. of Questions :10]
SEAT No. :
P3068 [Total No. of Pages :3
[5059]-552
B.E.(Mechanical- Sandwich)
MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS
(2012 Course) (Semester-II) (End Semester) (402066)
Q1) A 5 cylinder inline engine working on a four stroke cycle has firing order 1-3-
5-4-2, the reciprocating masses per cylinder being 10 kg, crank radius is 0.1
m and connecting rod is 0.4 m. The spacing between the cylinder center lines
is 0.3 m. The engine runs at 1000 rpm. Determine the maximum values of
primary and secondary unbalance about the central crank and the position of
central crank at which these occur. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss the effect of damping on vibratory system. What is meant by
under damping, over damping & critical damping? [4]
b) An unknown mass m is attached to one end of a spring of stiffness k
having natural frequency of 6 Hz. When 1 kg mass is attached with m
the natural frequency of the system is lowered by 20 % . Determine the
value of unknown mass m and stiffness k. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Find the natural frequency of the system shown in following fig.2
Take k= 2105 N/m and m = 20 kg. [4]
b) The springs of an automobile trailer are compressed 0.1 m under its own
weight . Find the critical speed, When the trailer is passing over a road
with a profile of sine wave whose amplitude is 80 mm and its wavelength
is 14 m. Find the amplitude of vibration at a seed of 60 km/hr. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the following terms: [6]
i) Quality factor
ii) Whirling speed of shaft
iii) Magnification factor
b) Derive, using vector approach. the expressions for [10]
i) Amplitude of steady state vibrations and
ii) Phase angle for a spring mass damper system subjected to an
external periodic force Fo.Sin ( t)
[5059]-552 2
Q7) Find the frequencies of the system shown in following fig.3 [16]
OR
Q8) a) Explain with neat diagram mathematical model of a motorbike. [6]
b) Two equal masses of weight 400 N each and radius of gyration 40 cm
are keyed to the opposite ends of a shaft of 60 cm long. The shaft is 7.5
cm diameter for the first 25 cm of its length, 12.5 cm diameter for the
next 10 cm and 8.5 cm diameter for the remaining of its length. Find the
frequency of free torsional vibrations of the system and position of node.
Assume G = 0.841011 N/m2. [10]
Q9) a) Explain with neat diagram the working principle of seismic instrument.[6]
b) Explain the construction and working of piezoelectric accelerometer with
neat diagram. [6]
c) A machine of 100 kg mass has a 20 kg rotor with 0.5 mm. Eccentricity.
The mounting springs have k= 85103 N/m. damping factor = 0.02.The
operating speed of machine is 600 rpm and the unit is constrained to
move vertically.Find the force transmitted to the supports. [6]
OR
Q10 a) Explain various methods of vibration control? [6]
b) Explain the principle and working of undamped dynamic vibration
absorber with neat diagram. [6]
c) A vibrometer having the amplitude of vibration of the machine part as
4mm and damping factor as 0.2 performs harmonic motion. If the
difference between the maximum and minimum recorded value is 10
mm, determine the natural frequency of vibrometer, if the frequency of
vibration part is 12 rad/sec. [6]
T T T
[5059]-552 3
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 554
B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS & PNEUMATICS
(2012 Pattern) (End Semester)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
6) All questions are compulsory.
OR
OR
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Differentiate between Pneumatic and Electropneumatic systems. [8]
b) Explain with neat sketch Compressed Air Generation and Distribution
System. [8]
Q7) a) What are the factors considered for designing of a Hydraulic System.
[9]
b) What are Trouble shooting & Maintenance procedures for Hydraulic
system. [9]
OR
vvvv
[5059]-554 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No :
P2156 [5059]-555 [Total No. of Pages : 5
B.E.(Mechanical S/W)
REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
(2012 Course) (Elective - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of logarithmc tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator,
steam tables and p-h chart is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) An Ice Plant produces 100kg of ice per hour at 0oC from water at 25oC.
Find the capacity of the plant in TR when hfg ice is 335 kJ/kg. [4]
b) A refrigerator using Carnot cycle requires 1.25 kW per tonne of
refrigeration to maintain a temperature of -30oC. Find: [6]
i) COP of the Carnot refrigerator
ii) Temperature at which heat is rejected
iii) Heat ejected per tonne of refrigeration
OR
Q2) a) Explain the effect of : [4]
i) increase in condensing temperature and
ii) increase in evaporator temperature on COP of vapour compression
refrigeration system with Ph diagram.
b) An air refrigerator working on Bell - Coleman cycle takes air into
compressor at 1 bar and -5oC. It is compressed to 5 bar and then cooled
to 25oC before entering to the expander. Air is expanded to 1 bar.
Assuming isentropic compression and the expansion, Find [6]
i) Refrigeration capacity of the system in TR. If the air circulation rate
is 60kg/min.
ii) Power required to drive the system.
iii) COP of the system.
[5059]-555 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain ODP and GWP of refrigerants. [4]
b) A vapour compression cycle using R-134a operates between -10oC and
36oC. The liquid refrigerant is sub cooled to 30oC. The vapour leaving
evaporator is dry saturated. Assuming isentropic compression calculate:
i) Refrigeration effect in kJ/kg. [6]
ii) Work of Compression in kJ/kg.
iii) COP
Temperature Specific Enthalpy kJ/kg Specific entropy kJ/kgK
o
C hf hg Sf Sg
-10 186.7 392.66 0.9506 1.7334
30 241.72 414.82 1.1435 1.7145
36 250.48 417.65 1.1717 1.7124
OR
Q4) a) Derive equation for maximum COP of vapour absorption system from
first law & second law of thermodynamics. [6]
b) What are the advantages of compound compression with intercooling
over single stage compression? [4]
Q5) a) In an air conditioning unit 3.5 m3/s of air at 27oC dry bulb temperature,
50% relative humidity and standard atmospheric pressure enters the unit.
The leaving condition of the air is 13oC dry bulb temperature and 90%
relative humidity. Using properties from psychrometric chart, calculate :
i) Refrigeration capacity [8]
ii) Rate of water removal from the air
iii) SHF of the process
iv) Bypass factor of cooling coil
b) What is human thermal comfort? Explain the six primary factors affecting
human thermal comfort. [6]
c) Explain following terms: [4]
i) Dew point temperature
ii) Humidity ratio
OR
[5059]-555 2
Q6) a) What is SHF? Define RSHF, GSHF & ESHF. Explain the procedure of
drawing the corresponding lines on psychrometic chart. Show these lines
on hand drawn psychrometric chart. [8]
b) What is total heat of the moist air? Derive mathematical expression for
total heat of moist air. Explain humid specific heat. [6]
c) Explain following terms: [4]
i) Relative humidity
Q8) a) What different type of expansion devices are used in refrigeration systems?
Explain working of Thermostatic Expansion valve with neat sketch. What
are the advantages of Thermostatic expansion valve over constant pressure
expansion valve? [8]
[5059]-555 3
Q9) a) The following figure shows a typical duct layout. Design the duct system
using equal friction method. Take the velocity of air in the main duct(A)
as 8 m/s. Assume dynamic loss coefficient of 0.3 for upstream to
downstream airflow and 0.8 for upstream to branch and the elbow. The
dynamic loss coefficient for outlets may be taken as 1. Velocity of air
from outlets may be taken as 3m/s. Find the FTP required and the amount
of dampening required at each outlet. [12]
b) List different types of fans used in AHU. Why forward curved blowers
are preferred for domestic and commercial air conditioning applications?
[4]
OR
Q10)a) Derive equation for circular equivalence of rectangular duct for the two
alternatives [8]
i) Velocity of air in both the ducts should be maintained.
ii) Quantity of air flowing through both the ducts should be same.
b) What are the different types of pressure losses in duct systems ? Write a
short note on duct friction chart. [8]
[5059]-555 4
Y Y Y
[5059]-555 5
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3069 [5059]-556
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Mechanical Sandwich)
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
(2012 Course)(Semester-II)(Elective-I)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No1 or 2, Q.No3 or 4, Q.No 5 or 6, Q.No7 or 8 ,Q.No 9 or 10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logaritmic tables, sliderule, elelectronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) All questions are compulsory.
Q1) a) Explain the models used to analyze the fluid flow and state the kind of
equations resulting from these models. [7]
b) Explain the term substantial derivative along with local derivative and
convective derivative and their relevance in the CFD. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Give steps used in CFD simulation process to solve any engineering
problem. [7]
b) Discuss CFD technique as a design tool and research tool [7]
Q5) a) Explain the Dirichlet and Neumann, and mixed type of boundary
conditions. [7]
b) Write your brief comments on Lax Windroff& MacCormack techniques.
[7]
OR
[5059]-556 1 P.T.O.
Q6) Considering an unsteady 2dimensional heat conduction equation as model
equation as given below, explain how ADI technique is used to obtain the
solution. Also give advantages of ADI techinque. [14]
T 2T 2T
= 2 + 2 "
t x y
2.25 1 0 0 T 1 40.8
1 2.25 1 0 T 2 0.8
=
0 1 2.25 1 T 3 0.8
0 0 2 2.25 T 4 200.8
[5059]-556 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 557
B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich Engineering)
DESIGN OF PUMPS, BLOWERS AND COMPRESSORS
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - I) (Semester - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6,Q.7 or Q.8,Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
OR
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the indicator diagram in reciprocating pumps. [5]
b) A single acting reciprocating pump has piston diameter 12.5 cm and
stroke length 30 cm. The center of the pump is 4 m above the water
level in the sump. The diameter and length of suction pipe are 7.5 cm
and 7 m resp. The separation occurs if the absolute pressure head in
the cylinder during suction stroke falls below 2.5 m of water. Calculate
the maximum speed at which the pump can run without separation.
Take atmospheric pressure head = 10.3 m of water. [5]
Q5) a) Explain the different Mechanical losses in fans and blowers? [8]
b) A Centrifugal fan has the following data : [8]
Inner diameter of the impeller 18 cm
Outer diameter of the impeller 20 cm
Speed 1450 rpm
The relative and absolute velocities respectively are
At entry 20 m/s, 21 m/s
At exit 17 m/s, 25 m/s
Flowrate 0.5 kg/s
Motor efficiency 78%
Determine i) Stage Pressure rise ii) Degree of reaction iii) the power to
drive the fan
Take density of air as 1.25 kg /m3
OR
[5059]-557 2
Q7) a) Explain design procedure & selection, optimization of blower. [8]
b) An axial fan stage consisting of only a rotor has the following data[8]
Rotor blade air angle at exit 10
Tip diameter 60 cm
Hub diameter 30 cm
Rotational speed 960 rpm
Power required 1 kW
Flow coefficient 0.245
(Inlet flow conditions P1 = 1.02 bar and T1 = 3.16 K)
Determine the rotor blade angle at the entry, the flow rate, stage pressure
rise, overall efficiency, degree of reaction, and specific speed.
OR
Q8) a) What are main cause for noise generation? What are methods for
reducing the fan noise? [8]
b) The velocities for upstream and downstream of an open propeller fan
(d = 50 cm) are 5 and 25 m/s respectively. If the ambient conditions
are P = 1.02 bar, t = 37C determine: [8]
i) Flow rate through the fan
ii) Total pressure developed by the fan and
iii) The power required to drive the fan assuming the overall efficiency
of the fan as 40%
Q9) a) Explain the terms degree of reaction & slip factor? [8]
b) An Axial compressor stage has the following data [10]
i) Temperature and Pressure at Entry 300 K, 1.0 bar
ii) Degree of Reaction 50 %
iii) Mean Blade ring diameter 36 cm
iv) Rotational Speed 18000 rpm
v) Blade Height at entry 6 cm
vi) Air angles at rotor and stator exit 25
vii) Axial velocity 180 m/s
viii) Work done factor 0.88
ix) Stage Efficiency 85 %
x) Mechanical Efficiency 96.7 %
[5059]-557 3
Determine:- 1) Air angles at the stator and rotor entry 2) The mass
flow rate of air 3) The power required to drive the compressor 4) The
loading coefficient 5) The pressure ratio developed by the stage
6) Mach number at the rotor entry.
OR
Q10)a) Draw the velocity triangles at the entry and exit for the following axial
compressor stage : [8]
i) R =
ii) R <
iii) R >
b) Air enters the inducer of centrifugal compressor at Po1 = 1.02 bar,
Tol = 335 K. The hub and tip diameters of the impeller eye are 10 and
25 cm respectively. If the compressor runs at 7200 rpm and delivers
5.0 kg/s of air. Determine the air angle at the inducer blade entry and
the relative Mach number. If IGVs are used to obtain a straight inducer
section, determine the air angle at IGVs exit and the new value of the
relative Mach number. [10]
vvvv
[5059]-557 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 558
B.E. (Mechanical Engineering-Sandwich)
CAD/CAM AND AUTOMATION
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer QNo. 1 OR QNo. 2; QNo. 3 OR QNo. 4; QNo. 5 OR QNo. 6; QNo. 7
OR QNo. 8; QNo. 9 OR QNo. 10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
OR
Q2) a) Explain Geometric translational and rotational mapping and its need.[6]
b) Compare the curve as Analytical and Synthetic curve and parametric
and parametric curves. [4]
Q3) a) Explain CSG technique of solid modeling and its advantages and
limitation. [6]
b) Derive the expression for stiffness matrix for 1-D element. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the linear, circular CW and circular CCW interpolation with
G code format for above interpolations. [6]
b) Write CNC part program for roughing and finishing using canned
cycle for turned component as shown in figure. Assume Suitable cutting
data. [12]
OR
[5059]-558 2
Q7) a) Explain the various steps of preprocessing in Rapid prototyping. [6]
b) Explain Fused Deposition Modeling method of rapid prototyping with
advantages and limitation. [10]
OR
OR
vvvv
[5059]-558 3
Total No. of Questions :12] SEAT No. :
P3070 [Total No. of Pages :3
[5059] - 559
B.E. (Mechanical Sandwitch Engineering)
ENERGY AUDIT AND MANAGEMENT
(2012 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective II) (402069 A)
Q3) a) Discuss world energy scenario in context of natural gas, oil and coal.[5]
b) What are the Energy conservation opportunities in Boiler? [5]
OR
Q4) a) Write Standard Energy Audit Report Format. [5]
b) Write short notes on [5]
i) Energy action planning
ii) Energy Security
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is the NPV of a project, (life 2 year) which requires an investment
of Rs. 60000 and yield Rs. 40000 in the 1st year and Rs. 50000 /- in the
next year, if the Interest rate is 10%. [5]
b) A sum of Rs. 20,000 is deposited in a bank at the beginning of a year.
The bank pays 6% interest annually. How much money is in the bank
account at the end of the fifth year, if no money is withdrawn? [5]
OR
Q6) a) Write Short notes on
i) IRR (Internal Rate of Return) with formula. [3]
ii) Time Value of Money [2]
b) Calculate net present Value of a project at a discount rate of 16% with an
Investment of Rs. 50,000 at the beginning of the first year, & saving of
Rs. 23,000 & Rs. 36000 at the end of the first & second year respectively.
[5]
Q7) a) Calculate the efficiency and Evaporation Ratio of Boiler By direct Method.
S S S
[5059] - 559 3
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
[5059]-560
B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich Engineering)
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
(2012 Pattern) (End - Semester)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, necessary.
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) Solve following Maximization type Assignment problem. [8]
1 2 3 4 5
A 32 38 40 28 40
B 40 24 28 21 36
C 41 27 33 30 37
D 22 38 41 36 36
E 29 33 40 35 39
B's Strategies
B1 B2 B3 B4
A1 5 16 13 15
A2 20 5 60 70
A's Strategies A3 5 9 12 10
A4 20 2 50 80
OR
Q6) The initial investment for a project is Rs. 12,000. If the cash inflows during its
5 year period are Rs. 4000, Rs. 5600, Rs. 5000, Rs. 6000, Rs. 5000 respectively,
would you accept the project if the maximum desired payback period is 4
years? Assume that money has a value 10%. [6]
[5059]-560 2
b) A stockiest has to supply 12000 units of a product per year to his customer.
The demand is fixed and known and the shortage cost is assumed is to
be infinite. The inventory holding cost is Rs. 0.2 per unit per month and
the ordering cost per order is Rs. 350. Determine EOQ, Time between
two orders, minimum total variable yearly cost. [8]
OR
Q8) a) The cost of new machine is Rs 5000. The maintenance cost during the
nth year is calculated as 500(n-l) where n = 1, 2, 3 ..... If the discount rate
per year is 0.05, after how many years will it be economical to replace
the machine by a new one? [8]
b) A manufacture has to supply his customer 3600 units of his product per
year. Shortages are not permitted. Inventory carrying cost amount Rs.1.2/
unit/annum. The set up cost per run is Rs. 80/-. Find EOQ, Optimum
no. of order/annum, Variable cost and total cost if cost of each unit is
Rs2. [8]
b) Find the sequence that minimizes the total time required for performing
the following jobs on three machines in order ABC. Processing time in
minute is given below. [8]
Jobs I II III IV V
Machine A 8 10 6 7 11
Machine B 5 6 2 3 4
Machine C 4 9 8 6 5
OR
[5059]-560 3
Q10) a) The arrival at telephone booth are consider to be following Poisson Law
of distribution with an average time of 9 minutes between one arrival and
the next. Length of phone call is assumed to be distributed exponentially
with a mean of 3 minutes. Calculate [8]
Activity 1-2 1-3 1-4 3-5 4-5 2-6 5-6 5-7 6-8 7-8 8-9
NT 8 5 13 12 6 6 7 9 8 2 6
OR
[5059]-560 4
b) A small project is composed of scrap activities whose time estimates are
listed below. [12]
Activities To Tm Tp
I J
1 2 1 2 3
2 3 1 4 7
2 4 1 3 5
2 5 1 2 3
3 6 1 2 9
4 7 1 2 3
5 8 2 4 6
6 7 5 7 9
7 9 3 5 7
8 9 2 3 4
iii) What is the approximate probability that the job on critical path will
be completed in 25 days?
vvvv
[5059]-560 5
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 560-A
B.E. (Mechanical-Sandwich)
ROBOTICS
(End Semester) (Elective - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt all questions
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of pocket non programmable electronic calculator is allowed.
OR
Q2) a) What is D-H parameter? Obtain an expression for D-H parameter matrix
[5]
b) Write a short note on algebraic approach. [5]
Q3) a) Explain the following notations used to describe robot system [5]
i) LLR
ii) RLR
b) Suggest configuration of robot suitable for following application and
justify. [5]
i) Spray Painting
ii) Pick & Place
iii) Fastening a screw to car body
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain why inverse kinematics is preferred in robotics, explain the
advantage of inverse kinematics over other. [10]
b) For the vector, V = 25i+10j+20k, Perform a translation by a distance
6 in the X direction, 4 in y direction and 2 in the Z direction [8]
OR
Q6) a) Determine the position and orientation of the cup with respect to the
gripper. If the position and orientation of the gripper with respect to
base co-ordinate frame is given by T3 and the position & orientation of
cup w.r.t the base co-ordinate is given by T4 [10]
1 0 0 10 0 1 0 16
0 1 0 15 1 0 0 30
T3 = , T4 =
0 0 1 20 0 0 1 5
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
OR
OR
vvvv
[5059]-560-A 2
Total No. of Questions :10] SEAT No. :
P3071 [Total No. of Pages :3
[5059] - 560 - B
B.E. (Mechanical Sandwitch)
TRIBOLOGY
(2012 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (402069 D)
Q3) Derive from basic principles two dimensional Reynolds equation taking usual
notations. [10]
OR
Q4) a) Show that the volume of abrasive wear per unit sliding distance with
conical abrasive particles is given by- [6]
2k cot W
Q= w 3 with usual notations
b) Differentiate between long journal bearing and short journal bearing. [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) State and explain different types of energy losses in hydrostatic bearing.
[8]
b) State the assumptions and derive expression for flow rate through
rectangular slot. [8]
OR
Q6) a) A rectangular plate is approaching an oily fixed plane surface with velocity
V at the instant, the film thickness is h1, if both the surfaces are separated
by a lubricant of viscosity . Derive the expression for the time t
taken to reduce the film thickness from h1 to h2. [10]
b) Explain the phenomenon of squeeze film lubrication with example. [6]
ho ELR 1 o U 8
= 1.19
11
11
R W R
OR
[5059] - 560 - B 2
Q10)Write a short note on the following (Any Three): [18]
a) Tribological aspects of wheel on rail road
b) Hybrid bearing
c) Lubrication in Rolling with neat sketches
d) Selection parameters of coatings
S S S
[5059] - 560 - B 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 561
B.E. (Automobile Engineering)
AUTOMOTIVE REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer five questions.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) With the help of T-S diagram, distinguish between wet compression
and dry compression. What are disadvantages of wet compression?[4]
b) An ice plant produces 30 tons of ice at 0C per day from water at 0C.
The condensation and evaporation takes place at 20C and -20C
respectively. There is no under cooling of liquid and vapour drawn by
compressor are dry and saturated. Cp of vapour = 1.1 kJ/Kg K. [6]
Estimate:
1. Rate of circulation of refrigerant in kg/min
2. Theoretical C.O.P
3. Compressor work if actual C.O.P is 80% of theoretical.
Properties of refrigerants are :
Sat. Temp. C hf (kJ/Kg) hg (kJ/Kg) sf (kJ/kg K)
20 275 1462 1.043
-20 89.6 1419 0.368
Take heat of fusion of ice as 335 kJ/kg.
OR
Q2) a) Write a short note on Temperature control systems. [5]
b) Explain the ideal properties of refrigerants. [5]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Write a short note on Future refrigerants. [5]
b) With neat sketch explain Reverse Carnot cycle. [5]
OR
OR
[5059]-561 2
Q7) a) Write a short note on [8]
i) Air conditioning electrical & electronic control.
ii) Outside & inside design consideration for Load Analysis in
psychometric.
b) An air conditioned cabin is to be maintained at 27C dry bulb
temperature and 60% relative humidity. The ambient condition is 40C
dry bulb temperature and 30C wet bulb temperature. The total sensible
heat load is 100000kJ/h and the total latent heat load is 40000 kJ/h.
60% of the return air is recirculated and mixed with 40% of make up
air after the cooling coil. The condition of air leaving the cooling coil
is at 80C: Determine: [10]
i) Room sensible heat factor
ii) The condition of air entering the cabin
iii) The amount of make up air
iv) Apparatus dew point
v) BPF on cooling coil
Show the process on psychometry chart.
OR
[5059]-561 3
Q9) a) Write a short note on: [10]
i) sight glass
ii) refrigerant handling
b) What is system flushing? Explain flushing method. [6]
OR
vvvv
[5059]-561 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 562
B.E. (Automobile)
AUTOMOTIVE CHASSIS AND SYSTEMS
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Use of Logarithmic tables, slide rule, electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
OR
Q2) a) What is need of suspension system? What are its types? [4]
b) Explain Ackerman steering linkages. [6]
OR
Q5) a) What are the Functions and requirements of braking system? [8]
b) Explain hydraulic brake system and its components? [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain Electronic stability program system operation? [9]
b) What are the latest trends in traffic system for improved road safety?
[9]
OR
OR
vvvv
[5059]-562 2
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No :
P2157 [5059]-563 [Total No. of Pages : 3
B.E.(Automobile Engg)
MACHINE AND VEHICLE DYNAMICS
(2012 Course) (Semester - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) A four cylinder inline engine has firing order 1-4-2-3 and their individul
reciprocating masses are 1.5kg. The distance between cranks is 150mm
respectively. The crank radius is 60mm and the length of connecting rod is
240mm. The crank rotates at 1800rpm. If the engine is to be in complete
primary balance find the magnitude of other forces and couples. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Explain over damped, Under damped and critically damped system in
brief. [6]
b) Write a short note on Spring, mass damper system. [4]
Q3) Machine having mass of 4Kg, with spring stiffness 10,000N/m, and damping
coefficient 400 N-sec/m. If initial displacement is 2cm and velocity of 20m/s.
then,
a) find out equation of motion for the system in terms of time.
b) Find displacment and velocity at 0.01 sec. [10]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Magnification factor in brief. [3]
b) A mass of 1kg is suspended by a spring passing over the pulley, as
shown in fig 1. The system is supported horizontally by spring of stiffness
1 KN/m. Determine the natural frequency of vibration of a system using
[5059]-563 1 P.T.O.
following data:
Mass of pulley, M=10Kg
radius of pulley, R=50mm
Distance of spring from centre of pulley r=35mm [7]
Q5) a) Differentiate earth fixed co-ordinate system and vehicle fixed co-ordinate
system. [8]
b) What is the relation between tractive effort and power available from the
engine? [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain vehicle loading for following cases (No derivation expected),
i) Vehicle having trailer
ii) Vehicle without trailer
iii) No gradient
iv) Speed is 20 Km/Hr [8]
[5059]-563 2
Q7) a) Derive the expression for power limited acceleration to find out tractive
effort available at the wheel in terms of engine torque. [8]
b) The information of the drive line of passenger car is as follows. [10]
Engine Inertia : 1.1N max engine Torque: 210 Nm at 4500 rpm
Transmission Data, Gear1 Gear2 Gear3 Gear4 Gear5 GearR
Inertia 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 1.5
Ratio 4.18 2.59 1.88 1.46 1.00 6.0
Efficiency : 0.97 for all gears
Final Drive, Inertia : 1.2N Ratio : 2.80 Efficiency : 0.99
Wheel inertia : 12N Wheel radius : 30cm.
From the above data calculate:
i) Effective inertia of the vehicle,
ii) Maximum tractive effort available at wheel
iii) Actual tractive effort available at the wheel for 1st and 3rd gear.
OR
Q8) a) Explain brake factor and brake efficiency in brief. [8]
b) Consider a light truck weighing 4500kg applied brake to stop the vehicle
from 75Km/hr, which develop brake force 2500N. Determine deceleration,
stopping distance, stopping time energy dissipated during braking and
power at initial brake point of brake application. [10]
Y Y Y
[5059]-563 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 564
B.E. (Automobile Engineering)
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - I) (Semester - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
OR
OR
Q5) a) Explain solution of first order wave equation by any one scheme. [8]
b) Explain significance of CFL number. [8]
P.T.O.
OR
Q7) a) Explain the steps involved in simpler algorithm with its advantages.
[8]
b) Explain finite volume method. [8]
OR
OR
Q10)a) Explain the selection of physics and fluid properties in detail. [8]
b) Explain k-w model equation in detail with its advantages &
disadvantages. [10]
vvvv
[5059]-564 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 565
B.E. (Automobile Engineering)
FUNDAMENTALS OF FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - VII) (Elective - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
c) Using area coordinate derive the shape function for CST element. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Describe in detail the concept of Choleskys decomposition, and banded
skyline solutions to solve the simultaneous equations in matrix from.[6]
b) Determine the displacement of nodes 1 and 2 in the spring system
shown in Figure 2.1. Use minimum potential energy principle to
assemble equation of equilibrium. [8]
c) Evaluate the shape function N1, N2 and N3 at the interior point P for
the triangular element shown in Figure 2.2 [6]
Table 2.1
Point X-Coordinate Y-Coordinate
1 1.5 2
2 7 3.5
3 4 7
P 3.85 4.8
[5059]-565 2
Q3) a) Explain the terms iso-parametric, sub-parametric & super-parametric,
Jacobian matrix. [8]
b) Evaluate the integrals using two point and three point Gaussian
quadrature. Also find the exact solution. [10]
I = 32 [x2 + 11x 32]dx
OR
Q4) a) Explain Newton-Cotes and Gauss quadrature in brief. [8]
b) Determine the element stresses, assume the plane stress condition.
Let E = 210 GPa, v = 0.25. Assume the element nodal displacements
have been determined to be u1 = 0, v1 = 0.05 mm, u2 = 0.025, v2 = 0,
u3 = 0 and v3 = 0.05. [10]
OR
[5059]-565 3
Q6) The fin shown in Figure 6.1 is insulated on the perimeter. The left end has
a constant temperature of 100C. A positive heat flux of q2 = 5000W/m2
acts on the right end. Let Kxx = 6 W/mC and cross-sectional area A = 0. 1m2.
Determine the temperatures at L/4, L/2, 3L/4, and L; where L = 0.4m.[16]
Q7) a) Explain the difference between lumped mass matrix and consistent
mass matrix. [8]
b) For the bar shown in Figure 7.1 with length L, modulus of elasticity
E, mass density , and cross sectional area A, determine the first two
natural frequencies using lumped mass matrix. [8]
Given: L = 2.5m, = 7850kg/m , E = 210 GPa.
3
AL 1 0
[me ] =
2 0 1
OR
Q8) a) Types of error in FEA & explain mesh refinement used in adaptive
mesh refinement process. [8]
b) Obtain the expression for the first non-zero natural frequency of
vibration for a uniform free-free (both ends free) rod by FEM with
two elements & consistent mass matrix. [8]
AL 2 1
[me ] =
6 1 2
vvvv
[5059]-565 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P1977
[Total No. of Pages : 4
[5059]-566
B.E. (Automobile)
CAE & AUTOMATION
(2012 Pattern) (End Sem.) (Elective - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 and Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) A circle is passing through two end point A (6,4) and B(10,10) where AB
is the diameter of the circle. Find the co-ordinates of centre point, radius
and parametric equation of circle. Find the co-ordinates of points on the
circle = 30o and = 90o. [6]
b) Explain, with neat sketches, the following two dimensional mapping and
obtain the mapping matrices. [4]
i) Translational mapping
OR
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What is the significance of homogenous co-ordinates in geometric
transformation? [4]
OR
Q4) Calculate deflection at nodes and stress, strain in member of the structural
system shown in figure E = 20 106 N/cm2. Use elimination approach. [10]
A1 = 10 cm2
A2 = 5 cm2
[5059]-566 2
Q5) a) Write a manual part program for finishing a forged component as shown
in fig. Assume speed & feed on the turning centre are 400 rpm and 0.35
mm/revolution respectively. Assume 1mm material is to be removed
radially from external diameter (Raw material - MS 100 80mm) [12]
OR
Q6) a) Write a manual part program for drilling & milling an L bracket as shown
in fig. Assume a 5mm diameter milling cutter and necessary drill size for
drilling operation. The tool position in the Z direction is manually
controlled. Feed rate 480 mm/min & spindle speed 1600rpm. [12]
[5059]-566 3
Q7) a) Following table shows the operations required to complete the respective
parts. [8]
Part 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Operations
Required 1,3 2,4 1,3 2 1,3 2,4 5,6 5,6
Prepare the part-operation incidence matrix and group the parts with
respect to operations required to complete the respective parts.
b) What is FMS? With the help of neat sketch, explain the different elements
of FMS. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on : [8]
i) AGV pallet truck
ii) AGV fork lift trucks
iii) AGV unit load vehicles
iv) AGV assembly line vehicles
b) What is automation and explain different types of automation. [8]
Q9) a) Write short notes on different types of grippers used in Robot with neat
sketch. [8]
b) Describe end effectors in details. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Explain degrees of freedom for Robot with neat sketch. [8]
b) Explain the following terms related to Robots. [8]
i) Work volume
ii) Accuracy & repeatability
iii) Wrist motion
iv) Control resolution
yyy
[5059]-566 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P1978
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-567
B.E. (Automobile) (Semester - I)
HYBRID & FUEL CELL VEHICLES
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Logarithmic tables, slide rule, electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Describe the Regenerative Braking in a Hybrid Vehicle with neat sketch.
Also give the advantages of the same. [8]
b) Explain the configuration and operating modes of Parallel Hybrid Electric
Vehicle. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Which are the vehicle performance parameters that are used to predict
the fuel economy of an vehicle? Discuss each one in brief. [8]
b) What is mean by Hybrid Architecture? Give the types of Hybrid Electric
Vehicles with its layout. [8]
Q5) a) Enlist the different types of the batteries used for the Automotive
application. Explain any one of them in detail. [8]
b) Write a short note on: [8]
i) Battery Ratings
ii) Battery Parameters
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) What are the advantages of the Alkaline batteries over the conventional
Lead acid batteries. [6]
b) Write a note on Nickel Metal Hydrid Batteries. [6]
c) Describe the matching of Electric Drive & ICE. [4]
Q7) a) Give the Comparison of five popular Fuel Cell Technologies. [9]
b) Describe the Alkaline Fuel Cell in detail. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Describe the Phosphoric Acid Fuel Cell in detail. [9]
b) Enlist the Applications, Advantages & Disadvantages of the Fuel Cells.[9]
yyy
[5059]-567 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
P1979
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-568
B.E. (Automobile)
AUTOMOTIVE MATERIALS
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - II)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Your are advised to attempt not more than 6 questions.
Q1) a) Explain significance of material property chart and its application for
material selection. [3]
b) Explain selection criteria for bending & twisting with application in
automobiles. [3]
OR
Q2) a) Write down the difference between bending & twisting. [3]
b) Draw material property chart for modulus fracture and explain in detail.[3]
P.T.O.
Q9) a) Explain composition of Nano crystalline material. [8]
b) Explain the applications of smart materials in automobiles. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Explain in brief about shape memory alloy. [8]
b) Explain the modern material metallic glass with its advantages &
applications for automotive purpose. [8]
OR
Q12)a) Explain the material selection criteria for piston & justify the answer. [9]
b) What is the selection criteria for the automotive material & give example
for crank shaft. [9]
yyy
[5059]-568 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P1980
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-569
B.E. (Automobile) (Elective - II)
AUTOMOTIVE HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATICS
(2012 Pattern) (End Semester) (Semester - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer five questions.
2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) A hydralic pumps delivers 12 lit of fluid per minute against a pressure of
200 bar calculate [4]
i) Hydraulic power
ii) Overall pump efficiency
b) Draw and explain tondem cylinder. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain advantages and disadvantage of poppet valve. [4]
b) Draw graphical symbol for [6]
i) Shuttle valve
ii) Telescopic cylinder
iii) Four way DCV
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Explain hydraulic clamping circuit using pressure sequencing valve. [8]
b) Analyse the given circuit. [8]
Fig.(1)
Q7) a) Classify compressor based on operating principal and name two types
of dynamics air compressor that are commonly used in industry. [8]
b) Two cylinders hydraulic system operated in following sequence. cylinders
A and B extends and cylinder A and retracts sequencially develop
pneumatic circuit using poilet operated 4/2 DCV and roller operated
valve. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Draw the pneumatic circuits consisting of following components
i) Shuttle valve
ii) Quick exhaust-valve
Draw the seperate circuit and explain their working [8]
b) Write shorts notes on lubrications mufflers and dryers for pneumatics
system. [8]
Q9) a) Draw and explain power steering circuits used in air. [10]
b) Explain the construction and working of bladder type accumulator. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Discuss accumulator used as shock absorver. [8]
b) Discuss clutch actuating system used in automobile applications. [10]
yyy
[5059]-569 2
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
P1981
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-570
B.E. (Automobile) (Semester - II)
VEHICLE PERFORMANCE AND TESTING
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Enlist the different vehicle performance parameter and explain in briefly.[5]
b) Draw the simple layout of EGR system and Explain effect of EGR on
vehicle performance. [5]
OR
Q2) a) What is function of catalytic converter? Enlist types of catalytic converter.[5]
b) Explain tyre wear pattern in details. [5]
Q3) a) What are the causes and remedies of transmission noise? [5]
b) Enlist the types of testing track and write the technical specification of
each track. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain chassis dynamometer with help of neat sketch. [5]
b) Compare laboratory test and on road test. [5]
Q5) a) Draw the layout of adaptive cruise control system and explain the working.[8]
b) Explain the concept of driver information system and its advantages. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Define active safety and passive safety with four examples of each. [8]
b) What are the ergonomics considerations for the driver and passenger
safety? [8]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) What is crash testing? Explain the dummies use in crash testing. [10]
b) What is mean by Data acquisition system? Explain with the help of neat
sketch. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the different types of impact test with the help of neat sketch.[10]
b) What is need of vehicle testing and enlist the different vehicle testing.[8]
OR
Q9) Write short note:(any four) [16]
a) Noise. vibration and Harshness.
b) Wind tunnel Testing.
c) Engine noise.
d) Transmission noise.
e) Effect of suspension system on vehicle performance.
yyy
[5059]-570 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P1982
[Total No. of Pages : 3
[5059]-571
B.E. (Automobile Engineering) (Semester - II)
AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM DESIGN
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve question 1 or 2, 3 or 4, 5or 6, 7 or 8, 9or 10.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figure to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use electronic pocket calculator.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q3) a) A four speed gear box is to be constructed for providing the ratios of
1,1.46,2.28 and 3.39 to 1 as nearly as possible .the diametric pitch of
each gear is 3.25mm and the smallest pinion is to have at least l5teeth
.determine the suitable number of the different gears. [6]
b) Explain the selection of gearboxes bearing in gearboxes [4]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) Solve Any Two [2 5 = 10]
a) Why tubular section propeller shaft is normally used
b) What are the merits of cross type joint?
c) Explain the general design procedure of front axle.
Q5) In a hydraulic single line braking system the force on foot pedal is 100N,
pedal leverage ratio is 4.4 cross sectional area of master cylinder is 4 cm4
,cross sectional area of front piston 20 cm4.Cross sectional area of the rear
piston is 5 cm4. Distance moved by effort is 1 cm. Calculate the followings:[16]
a) Front to rear brake ratio
b) Total force ratio
c) Distance moved by output
d) Cylinder movement ratio
e) Total movement ratio.
OR
Q6) Solve Any Four [4 4 = 16]
a) Properties of friction lining.
b) Brake fade.
c) Brake torque.
d) Components used in hydraulic brake system.
e) Why is disc brake preferred for front wheel and the drum brake for rear
wheel.
Q7) a) A vehicle spring of semi elliptic type has leaves of 75 mm width and
10 mm thickness, effective length is 900 mm. If the stress is not to
exceed 220725 kPa, when the spring is loaded to 4905 N, estimate the
required number of leaves and the deflection under this condition. If the
spring is just flat under load, what is the initial radius take E=196.2x 106
kPa. [12]
b) Discuss general design considerations of suspension system. [6]
[5059]-571 2
OR
Q8) Solve Any three. [3 6 = 18]
a) What is nipping in leaf spring? Write a note on air spring
b) Define -
i) camber angle
ii) Scrub radius
c) What are the characteristics of over steer and under steer?
d) State and explain any one steering gear Mechanism.
Q9) A tensile bar of length 200mm is subjected to the constant tensile force of
5000N.Design the bar with the objective of minimizing the material cost, out
of the following materials: [16]
Consider factor of safety is 1.
Material Mass Density Material cost Per Yield strength
Kg/m3 Unit Mass C,Rs/kg Syt N/mm2
yyy
[5059]-571 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2158 [5059]-572
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Automobile Engineering)
AUTOMOTIVE NVH
(2012 Course)(Elective-III)(Semester-VIII) (416498 A)
Time :2Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2,Q3 or Q4,Q5 or Q6 , Q7 or Q8,Q9 or Q10.
2) Figures to the right side indicat full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, sliderule, electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) What is of noise, vibration and harshness and role in vehicle design?[6]
b) What are the causes of noise and vibration in vehicle? [6]
OR
Q2) a) What are the advantages and disadvantages of noise and vibration? [6]
b) What are the different Physiological effect of NVH? Explain remedies
for it. [6]
Q3) What are the types of vibration? Explain any two in details. [8]
OR
Q4) Explain mathematical model. Draw the mathematical model for car. [8]
Q5) a) What are the types of sound propagation? Effects of reflecting surfaces
on sound propagation. [10]
OR
Q6) a) Draw the Anatomy of Human Ear and explain Mechanism of hearing.[8]
b) Derive the equation that shows relation between sound power, sound
intensity and sound pressure level. [10]
[5059]-572 1 P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain pass by noise test with the help of neat sketch. [8]
b) Explain Fast Fourier Transform with neat sketch. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Drive by noise test with the help of neat sketch. [8]
b) What are the different techniques use for vibration measurement? Explain
any one. [8]
a) Transmission noise
b) Aerodynamics noise
c) Tyre noise
OR
Q10)a) Explain pass by noise test with the help of neat sketch. [8]
tu tu tu
[5059]-572 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P1983
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-573
B.E. (Automobile) (Semester - II)
OFF ROAD VEHICLES
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer FIVE questions.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data jf necessary.
Q1) a) What is an off road vehicle? Give the construction layout of an off road
vehicle. [4]
b) Write down the applications of off road vehicles based on the capacity
in Indian industries. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Give the applications of dozer. [4]
b) Explain the construction and working of any power plant used in road
construction. [6]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) Explain any Two [16]
a) Design Aspects of Dumper body
b) Types of Farm Equipments with neat sketch.
c) Gun carriers.
d) Pulverizers& rollers.
Q7) a) Explain OCDB and dry disc calliper brake system of vehicle with neat
sketch. [8]
b) Describe the hydraulic components of the system in Off-road vehicles
with neat sketch. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Power steering system of vehicle in brief. [8]
b) What are the safety features and safe warning systems in Dumpers? [8]
Q9) a) Explain the Layers of soil diagramatically with all horizons. [10]
b) Discuss the types of soils with its characteristics. [8]
OR
Q10) Explain any Three. [18]
a) Mean maximum Pressure.
b) Mobility Index (MI).
c) Vehicle Cone Index (VCI) and Rated Cone Index (RCI).
d) Soil Properties (Minimum 5 Properties).
yyy
[5059]-573 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3072 [5059]-574
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Automobile)
ALTERNATIVE FUELS AND EMISSION CONTROL
(2012 Course)(Semester-II)(End Sem.)(Elective-III)(416497C)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q3) a) Explain the properties of hydrogen fuel& give its advantages over
conventional fuels. [4]
b) What are the different synthetic fuels used in IC engines? Explain its
effect on engine performance. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Write note on alcohol as fuel for IC engine [4]
Q5) a) What is charcoal canister control for evaporative emission control? [8]
b) Describe the sources and causes of soot and particulet formation? [8]
OR
[5059]-574 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is positive crankcase ventilation? Explain? [6]
b) Explain effect of design and operating parameters on SI engine emission.
[10]
Q7) Explain effect of design and operating parameters on CI engine emission.[16]
OR
Q8) a) Why exhaust gas recirculation is used in automobile engines, explain
effects of exhaust gas recirculation on emission? [8]
b) Explain Chemical delay, intermediate compound formation& pollutant
formation on incomplete combustion? [8]
tu tu tu
[5059]-574 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P1984
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-575
B.E. (Automobile) (Elective - IV)
TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT AND MOTOR INDUSTRIES
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
OR
Q4) a) Explain types of motor vehicle insurance. [5]
b) What are duties of surveyor and loss assessor. [5]
P.T.O.
OR
Q8) a) What are the rules for import, transport and storage of petrolium. [8]
b) What are the emission standards prescribed under the M.V. rules to
control pollution. [8]
Q9) a) Explain the stages in history and development of motor industry in India.[10]
b) Write short note on alternative fuel for vehicle. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Explain various research organisation in motor industry. [10]
b) Write short note on global position system. [8]
yyy
[5059]-575 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P1985
[Total No. of Pages : 4
[5059]-576
B.E. (Automobile Engineering)
OPERATION RESEARCH
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - VIII) (Elective - IV)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Logarithmic tables, Sliderule, Electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q3) Solve the following Transportation Problem involving three sources and four
destinations. The cell entries represents the cost of transportation per unit.
Obtain solution by VAM Method. Find optimum solution by using MODI
Method. [10]
Destinations
Sources
A B C D Supply
1 3 1 7 4 300
2 2 6 5 9 400
3 8 3 3 2 500
Demand 250 350 400 200
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Define Operation Research? Also discuss the scope of OR. [6]
b) Why Transportation Model is used in industries? [4]
Q7) a) Explain the general structure of the following Queuing service system.[8]
i) Single service facility
ii) Multiple parallel facilities with single queue
iii) Multiple parallel facilities with multiple queues
[5059]-576 2
b) A self service store employs one cashier at its counter. Nine customers
arrive at an average every 5 min. While the cashier can serve 10 customers
in 5 minutes. Assuming poisson distribution for arrival rate and exponential
distribution for service time, find: [8]
i) Average number of customers in the system.
ii) Average number of customers in the queue or Average queue length.
iii) Average time a customer spends in the system.
iv) Average time a customer waits before being serviced.
OR
Q8) a) Solve following 2 5 game by graphical method and find the optimum
strategies and value of the game. [10]
Player B
1 2 3 4 5
1 -5 5 0 -1 8
Player A
2 8 -4 -l 6 -5
b) Define the following [6]
i) Player
ii) Strategy
iii) Saddle Point
iv) Maximin & Minimax
[5059]-576 3
OR
Q10)a) A machine costs Rs. 500. Operation and maintenance costs are zero for
the first year and increased by Rs. 100 every year. If money is worth 5%
every year, determine the best age at which the machine should be
replaced. The resale value of the machine is negligibly small. What is the
weighted average cost of owning and operating the machine. [10]
b) Find the cost of the individual replacement policy of an installation of
300 bulbs, given the following: [8]
i) Cost of individual replacement of bulb is Rs. 2.
ii) Conditional probability of failure of bulbs is as follows.
Weekend 0 1 2 3 4
Probability 0 0.1 0.3 0.7 1.0
of Failure
yyy
[5059]-576 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P1986
[Total No. of Pages : 3
[5059]-581
B.E. (Electrical Engineering) (Semester - I)
POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND CONTROL
(2012 Pattern) (End Sem.)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any five questions.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
SECTION - I
Q1) a) Draw and explain the loading capability curve of a synchronous generator.[5]
b) Explain the concepts of steady state, transient, dynamic stability? [5]
OR
Q2) a) Enlist the reasons for reactive power control. [5]
b) Explain TCSC in details with different operating modes. [5]
Q3) a) Explain the equal area criterion of transient stability studies for sudden
rise in mechanical input. [8]
b) Explain the use of synchronous machine for reactive power generation.[2]
OR
Q4) Explain the working of any Two of FACTS devices [10]
a) SVC
b) STATCOM
c) UPFC
Q5) a) Explain the necessity of automatic generation control. Also explain the
concept of control error in case of single area and two area case. [6]
b) Explain with block diagram and frequency response, proportional plus
integral load frequency control of single area case for exact model. [10]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) With neat block diagram and response, explain two area load frequency
control. [10]
b) Explain the droop characteristic of speed governor system. [6]
Q7) a) Using priority list method, prepare unit commitment table for three thermal
generating units, for load values such as 400 MW, 600MW and 900MW.[6]
The Incremental fuel cost of three thermal units and other details are as
follows;
IC1= (0.0035*P1 + 6) * 103 k-cal/MW-hr
IC2= (0.0025*P2 + 6.5) *103 k-cal/MW-hr
1C3= (0.0045*P3 + 7)* 103 k-cal/MW-hr
The minimum and maximum generation limits are
50MW < Pl < 500MW
40 MW < P2 < 400MW
20MW < P3 < 300MW
Fuel costs are in Rs/ k-cal
CP1=1.2 Rs/k-cal
CP2=1 Rs/k-cal
CP3= 0.95 Rs/k-cal
b) Explain with mathematical formulation, Lagrange multiplier method of
economic load dispatch with transmission loss and no constraint of
generation limit, while meeting load. [12]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the recursive function of dynamic programming of Unit
Commitment. [8]
b) Write short note on three following concepts; [10]
i) Cost curve of thermal unit.
ii) Equality and inequality constraints applied to economic load dispatch
task.
iii) Constraints on unit commitment task
iv) Necessity of unit commitment and economic load dispatch
[5059]-581 2
Q9) a) Explain the advantages of interchange of power among interconnected
areas. Also explain the operational complexities. [4]
b) What is the Power Pool and Energy Banking? Explain the benefits of
each. [6]
c) With Mathematical formula, explain any THREE reliability indices. [6]
i) SAIFI
ii) SAIDI
iii) CAIDI
iv) LO LP
v) LOLE
OR
Q10)a) Explain the situations when the Emergency power interchange is allowed
between interconnected areas. [6]
b) What is reliability of power system? Explain following models required
to evaluate the reliability indices of generation system; [10]
i) Generator Model
ii) Load Model
iii) Risk Model
yyy
[5059]-581 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1987
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-582
B.E. (Electrical)
PLC AND SCADA APPLICATIONS
(2012 Pattern) (End Semester)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Draw and explain block diagram of Programmable Logic Controller.[8]
b) What is programming equipment? State their types. [7]
c) Explain input analog devices. [7]
OR
Q2) a) State advantages and disadvantages of PLC. [8]
b) Draw the ladder diagram for the following function table [7]
Inputs - I1, I2 Outputs - Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4
I1 I2 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
0 0 1 1 1 0
0 1 0 1 1 1
1 0 1 0 1 1
1 1 1 1 0 1
c) What is the difference between ON/OFF and analog devices? Explain
output analog devices. [7]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain SCADA architecture in detail. [8]
b) State advantages and disadvantages of SCADA systems. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain how SCADA is implemented in water purification system. [8]
b) Explain SCADA generations. [8]
yyy
[5059]-582 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1988
[Total No. of Pages : 3
[5059]-583
B.E. (Electrical)
CONTROL SYSTEM - II
(2012 Pattern) (End Sem.)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Design a suitable compensator for a unity feedback system with open
loop transfer function G(s) = K / s2 (0.2s + 1) to satisfy the following
specifications [10]
i) Acceleration error constant, Ka = 10
ii) PM = 35o.
b) State the advantages of state space modeling over transfer function
modeling. [6]
c) Ascertain the condition for controllability for a LTI system described by
the state equation [4]
3 1 0 0 b11 b12
0 3 1 0 b b22
x = x(t ) + 21 u(t )
0 0 3 0 b31 b32
0 0 0 4 b41 b42
OR
Q2) a) For the system, defined by [10]
1 1 1 0
x = 4 3 0 x + 0 u
2 1 10 1
y = [20 30 10] x
By using state feedback control u = Kx, it is desired to have the closed loop
poles at s = 2 j2 & s = 5. Determine the state feedback gain matrix K.
P.T.O.
b) Realize the lead-lag compensator with active electrical network. [4]
c) Obtain the state model using Phase variables if a system is described by
the differential equation: [6]
d 3 y (t ) d 2 y (t ) dy (t )
3
+8 2
+ 14 + 4 y (t ) = 10u (t )
dt dt dt
10
The transfer function of the plant is G(s) =
s (1 + 5s )(1 + 10 s )
[5059]-583 2
Q5) a) Draw the block diagram of digital control system & explain the function
of each block in short. [8]
(1 e aT ) z
b) Given the z transform X ( z ) =
( z 1)( z e aT )
where a is a constant and T is the sampling period, determine the inverse
z transform X(kT) by use of the partial-fraction-expansion method. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What is Zero Order Hold (ZOH)? Derive its transfer function. [8]
b) Solve the following difference equation by use of the z transform method:[8]
x(k + 2) + 6x(k + 1) + 5x(k) = 0, x(0) = 0, x(1) = 1
OR
Q8) a) Define Pulse transfer function. State General procedure for obtaining
Pulse- transfer function. [8]
b) A digital filter is defined by [10]
Y ( z) 4( z 1)( z 2 + 1.2 z + 1)
G( z) = =
X ( z ) ( z + 0.1)( z 2 0.3 z + 0.8)
Obtain the series & parallel block diagram realization.
yyy
[5059]-583 3
Total No. of Questions : 11] SEAT No. :
P1989
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-584
B.E. (Electrical) (Semester - I) (Elective - I)
SPECIAL PURPOSE MACHINES
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Fgures to the right indicate lull marks.
3) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q5) Explain with block diagram unity power fictor operation of PMSM. [6]
OR
Q6) Develop mathematical model of PMSM. [6]
Q7) a) How does rotor saliency affect the performance of the machine? Explain
different ways to improve saliency. [8]
b) What are different control methods of reluctance motor? Explain any
one in detailed. [8]
P.T.O.
OR
Q8) a) What are axial and radial gap reluctance machines? Derive equation for
mechanical torque developed in plain reluctance machine. [8]
b) Discuss construction and operation of switched reluctance machine.[8]
yyy
[5059]-584 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P1990
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-585
B.E. (Electrical) (Semester - I)
POWER QUALITY
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - I)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Ql0.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Define power quality issues like voltage variations, voltage imbalance
and voltage flicker. [5]
b) State and explain the relationship between immunity, emission and
compatibility. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain various grounding practices as per IEEE standards. [5]
b) Explain over voltage mitigation techniques. [5]
Q3) a) Define sag? Explain any two voltage sag mitigation methods. [5]
b) What are the various sources of transient overvoltages? [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain area of vulnerability concept related with voltage sag. [5]
b) Define flicker? What are the various sources of voltage flickers? [5]
Q5) a) What are the various sources of harmonics and their effects on the
operation of various power system equipments? [9]
b) Explain the following terms related with waveform distortion [9]
i) Harmonics ii) Interharmonics
iii) Subharmonics iv) Triplen harmonics
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) What are different harmonic indices used? Explain their use. [9]
b) Explain power system quantities like active power, reactive power,
displacement and true power factor under non-sinusoidal conditions.[9]
Q7) a) Discuss Concept of point of common coupling and its significance. [8]
b) Explain various computer tools used for harmonics analysis. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain passive filter design procedure for harmonic reduction. [8]
b) Explain in detail different principles of controlling harmonics. [8]
Q9) a) What are the requirements of power quality monitor to monitor various
power quality parameters? Explain power quality analyzer used for PQ
measurements. [10]
b) Write note on choosing PQ monitoring location and its duration. [6]
OR
Q10)a) Explain instrument setup and various guidelines to be followed for
monitoring power quality. [10]
b) Explain the role of oscilloscopes, data loggers in PQ measurements.[6]
yyy
[5059]-585 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1991
[Total No. of Pages : 4
[5059]-586
B.E. (Electrical Engineering)
RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Define any two: (i) Solar constant (ii) Global radiation (iii) Zenith angle
(iv) Declination angle [4]
b) A photovoltaic system for supplying drinking water has been installed in
a village. The water is pumped from well having a depth of 48 m. The
solar array consists of 24 modules having specification as given below.
Calculate water discharge rate when global radiation incident normally
on the cells is 945 W/m2. Given: inverter efficiency is 85%, pump-motor
set efficiency is 45%, density of water is 1000 kg/m3, Specifications of a
module: cell size is 10.4*10.4 cm, number of cells are 36, Conversion
efficiency is 12.8%? [8]
OR
Q2) a) Calculate the hour angle at sunrise and sunset on June 21 and December
21 for a surface inclined at an angle of 10 and facing due south (r=0).
The surface is located in Bombay (1907N, 7251E)? [8]
b) Define any two: (i) nacelle (ii) Pitch angle (iii) Pitch control (iv) Power
coefficient of a wind turbine? [4]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Which equipment / plant is used for Biomass Gasification under Thermo
Chemical conversion process? What are the types of such equipment
according to bed & power? Explain one of the bed types in detail with
neat diagram? [2+2+5=9]
b) If Biomass input to the biogas plant is 130208 kg, each kg of biomass
contains energy of 0.064 kWh/kg, and biogas plant efficiency is 60%. (i)
What is the total kWh energy contained in biogas received from biogas
plant. (ii) If Energy density of biogas is 200 kWh/Nm3, what is the total
volume of Biogas output in Nm3 (Normal Meter Cube)? (iii) If the engine
efficiency is 80%, what is the mechanical energy output of Gas Engine in
kWh? [2+2+3=7]
OR
Q4) a) What are the sources of Biomass energy? What are the advantages and
disadvantages of Biomass energy utilisation? [3+6=9]
b) 10 kg of water having initial temperature of 20C is to be converted to
steam of 100C temperature. Specific heat of water is 4.2 kJ/kg.C,
Latent heat of water is 2260 kJ/kg. Find...
i) Total heat energy required in kJ? [4]
ii) Total weight of wood required as a fuel energy source, if specific
energy of wood is 12 MJ/kg? [3]
Q5) a) What is SMES? What are its features? Explain any two? [2+2+5=9]
b) A 1.5 V dry (AA) battery costs Rs. 34 each. It is rated for 2850 mAh, if
such batteries have to supply to the load having voltage rating of 6 V and
power rating of 8 watt. (i) How many minimum batteries will be required
at a time to supply to the load? (ii) What is the total cost of the batteries?
(iii) How much duration in hours those batteries will last? (iv) What is the
total energy supplied by the batteries in kWh to the load throughout their
life? (v) What is the energy cost per kWh? [1+1+2+2+1=7]
[5059]-586 2
OR
Q6) a) Name different energy storage systems? Explain in detail any one energy
storage system? [3+6=9]
b) A method of pumped energy storage is used and pumped the water from
lower reservoir to upper reservoir to use it for generating electricity to
cater extra demand of 15 MW for 2 hours during peak hours every day.
Given : Turbine efficiency is 82%, Generator efficiency is 92%, Water
density is 1000 kglm3, g is 9.81 m/s2, net head is 180 m.
i) How much water flow rate q in m3/s is required through nozzle to
generate extra demand of electricity? [3]
ii) How much water volume shall be pumped back from lower reservoir
to upper reservoir everyday to fulfil the electricity demand during
peak hours? [3]
iii) What is overall pumping and generating cycle efficiency, if pump
efficiency is 82%? [1]
[5059]-586 3
OR
Q8) a) Define and state limitations of (i) Payback Period Method (ii) Initial rate
of return / Return on Investment (ROI)? [3+3=6]
b) Define and Explain with an example about Life Cycle Costing? [4]
c) A co-generation system installation is expected to reduce the companys
annual energy bill by Rs. 23 Lacs. If the capital cost of new co-generation
installation is Rs. 90 Lacs and the annual operating and maintenance cost
is Rs. 5 Lacs. (i) What will be the expected payback period for the
project? (ii) What will be the Initial (Simple) Rate of Return / Return on
Investment (ROI)? [4+4=8]
yyy
[5059]-586 4
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
P1992
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-587
B.E. (Electrical) (Elective - I)
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
3) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and stream tables is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessry.
1 + 3z 1
x( z) = for |z| > 2
1 + 3z 1 + 2z 2
b) Give the classification of discrete time system. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Find linear convolution of x(n) = {2,3,2,3} and h(n) = (n+1) + (n) + (n1)[5]
b) Explain frequency response of first order discrete system. [5]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Find DFT of signal x(n) = {1,1,1} with n = 4 [8]
b) Explain the relation of DFT with z-transform. [8]
yyy
[5059]-587 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1993
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-588
B.E. (Electrical) (Semester - VII)
RESTRUCTURING AND DEREGULATION
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6. Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain the institutional structure of Indian power sector before and after
restructuring opted. [6]
b) Explain following economic terms of power sector. [8]
i) Fixed cost and variable cost.
ii) Capital cost.
iii) Depreciation.
iv) Interest and finance charges.
c) Explain the role of State Electricity Regulatory Commission and Central
Electricity Regulatory Commission. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the key objectives of Electricity Act 2003 with reference to
generation, transmission and distribution sector. [6]
b) Explain following methods of regulations: [8]
i) Rate of return regulation.
ii) Performance based regulation.
c) Describe the desirable characteristics of tariff of electricity. [6]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Explain the working of ISO ISO (Independent System Operator) models.[8]
b) Explain wholesale competition & retail competition model based on
industry structure. [8]
yyy
[5059]-588 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P1994
[Total No. of Pages : 3
[5059]-589
B.E. (Electrical) (Semester - I) (Elective - II)
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6. Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier Charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Obtain the expression for E and D due to infinite line charge 1 C/m
using Gausss law. [6]
b) A current distribution gives rise to vector magnetic potential [4]
A = x 2 ya x + y 2 ay
4 xyza z Wb / m.
Calculate B at (1,2-5).
OR
Q2) a) Find the energy stored in free space for the region 2 < r < 3 mm,
200
0 < < 90o, 0 < < 90o, given the potential field V = V. [6]
r
v
Derive Poissons equation V =
2
b) from Gausss law. Explain its
physical significance. [4]
Q3) a) Obtain the H (magnetic field intensity) due to a finite long straight
conductor carrying current I at any point P using Biot Savarts law. [6]
b) Two point charges Q1 = 3 nC and Q2 = - 2 nC are placed at (0,0,0) and
(0,0,1) respectively. Assuming zero potential at infinity, find the potential
at (0,1,0). [4]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Derive an expression for the point form of Amperes circuital law, [6]
H = J
100
b) If J = a A/m2, find the total current I passing through surface
2 p
defined by = 2,0 < z < 1, 0 < < 2 [4]
i) B = 3a x + 4a y + 6a z mT ;
ii) E = 3a x + 4a y + 6a z KV / m;
Q7) a) State Lenzs law. Using Faradays law, derive an expression for
transformer emf. [8]
b) Find the amplitude of the displacement current density in a metallic
conductor at 60Hz if = 0, = 0, = 5.8 107. S/m and
[5059]-589 2
OR
Q8) a) Write Maxwells equation in point form for static electromagnetic fields
and time varying fields. [8]
b) Explain motional electromotive force. [8]
Q9) a) What is poynting vector? What is its significance? Derive the expression
of Poynting vector? [10]
b) Define uniform plane wave. Explian the significance of propagation
constant and attenuation constant with respect to uniform plane wave.[8]
OR
Q10)a) State and explain Maxwells equation in phasor form for time harmonic
electromagnetic fields in a linear, isotropic and homogenous medium.[10]
b) Write the wave equations in phasor form for conductor. Explain skin
effect. [8]
yyy
[5059]-589 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P1995
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-590
B.E. (Electrical) (Semester - II) (Elective - II)
EXTRA HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2 1 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Use of non programmable calculator is allowed.
2) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 Or Q8, Q9 Or Q10.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the concept of insulated ground wire and explain the purposes
served by insulated ground wires. [8]
b) Derive the expression for electrostatic Field of Double-Circuit 3-phase
A.C line. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Write effects of magnetic field on human health. [8]
b) Write note on primary and secondary shock currents. [8]
Q9) a) State the design factors considered under steady state condition of
transmission line. Also state their limits for satisfactory performance [9]
b) Write note on various properties of XLPE used in EHV cables. [9]
OR
Q10)a) List the materials used for insulation in E.H.V cables; and state the
properties of SF6 gas as an insulating material used in cables. [9]
b) Explain detail classification of cables and mention typical insulation
thickness for E.H.V cables. [9]
yyy
[5059]-590 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1996
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-591
B.E. (Electrical)
INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICALTRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS
(End Sem.) (2012 Pattern) (Elective - II)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any 4 questions from or questions.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) What is the role of AC machines in Electric Vehicle? Explain in detail. [8]
b) What is meant by Electric Traction? Mention the different voltage level used
in Electric Traction and explain the various types of Electric traction. [12]
OR
Q2) a) What are the various performance criteria of battery used in transportation
system? [10]
Q3) a) What are the components of motion control? Explain them in detail with
a neat diagram. [9]
b) What are the factors affecting the road traffic crashes? What is traffic
monitoring? Why traffic monitoring control is required? [9]
OR
Q4) a) With help of neat diagram explain Mechanical Power Steering. [9]
b) With help of neat diagram explain the speed control and acceleration
characteristic related with one transportation system. ? [9]
P.T.O.
Q5 a) Explain the application of AC traction in high speed rail. [8]
OR
Q7) a) With neat diagram explain the control scheme used in traction type of
elevators. [10]
OR
i) Handling capacity
yyy
[5059]-591 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P1997
[Total No. of Pages : 3
[5059]-592
B.E. (Electrical) (End Sem.)
SWITCHGEAR & PROTECTION
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q2, Q.No.3 or Q4, Q.No.5 or Q6, Q.No.7 or Q8, Q.No.9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain low resistance principle of are interruption in case of circuit breaker.[4]
Determine-
OR
Q2) a) A Vacuum circuit breaker is rated as 3 phase 1500 Amp, 2000 MVA, 33
kv, 3 seconds. Determine - [4]
P.T.O.
b) In case of circuit breaker, explain following ratings. [6]
i) Making current
OR
i) Stability
ii) Adequatness
iii) Discrimination
Q5 a) Draw a block diagram of static relay & explain its working. State
advantages & limitations of static relay. [10]
b) Explain the construction & working of metal oxide arresters state its
advantages & disadvantages. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Draw a block diagram of numerical relay. & explain its working state its
advantages over conventional & static relays. [10]
i) Sampling theorem
[5059]-592 2
Q7) a) Explain with neat diagram protection scheme of transformer against
incipient faults. [8]
OR
i) Loss of prime-mover
Q9) a) Explain the effect of arc resistance and power swing on the performance
of distance relay. [8]
b) With neat sketch, explain three step distance protection scheme for
transmission lines. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Explain how impedance relay is used for transmission line protection.
Derive its torque equation. Draw its characteristics on R-x plain. [8]
yyy
[5059]-592 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P1998
[Total No. of Pages : 3
[5059]-593
B.E. (Electrical)
POWER ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED DRIVES
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - II)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Use of Calculator is allowed.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) What are the main factors which decide the choice of electrical drive for
a given application? [6]
b) A drive has the following parameters: [4]
T= 150- 0.1 N, N-m, where N is the speed in rpm.
Load torque TL= 100, N-m
Initially the drive is operating in steady-state.
The characteristics of the load torque are changed to TL= - 100 N-m.
Calculate initial and final equilibrium speeds
OR
Q2) a) Explain the working of a single phase Fully controlled rectifier fed
separately excited dc motor with armature voltage control, with neat
circuit diagram. In which quadrants the motor can be operated assuming
rated flux? [6]
b) Draw speed torque characteristics and explain Regenerative braking in
Induction motor. [4]
Q3) A 220V, 20 kW dc shunt motor running at rated speed of 1200 rpm is braked
using rheostatic braking. The armature resistance is 0.lohm and motor
efficiency 88 %. Calculate resistance required to be added in armature circuit
to limit braking current to twice the rated value. Also calculate initial braking
torque. [10]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) A star connected squirrel cage induction motor has following ratings
and parameters: 400V, 50 Hz, 4 pole 1370 rpm, Rs =2 , R r = 3 ,
Xs = X r = 3.5 For regenerative braking Assuming motor speed
torque characteristics from full load motoring to full load braking to be
parallel straight lines, calculate Speed for a frequency of 30 Hz and
80% of full load torque. [5]
b) Compare and comment on relative merits and demerits of VSI and CSI
for induction motor drives. [6]
OR
OR
Q8) a) What are the Control Strategies used for Permanent Magnet Brushless
DC Motor? How constant torque angle control is used? [8]
[5059]-593 2
Q9) Solve any Three
b) What are the requirements of drive for rolling mill operations? [6]
d) What are the requirements of drive in sugar mills? Explain duty cycle of
sugar centrifuge. [6]
OR
a) What are various motor duty patterns ? how are motors classified based
on duty? [6]
b) What motors are suitable for Sugar mill drive applications? [6]
c) How motor duty and heating and cooling cycle affects the temperature
of motor? [6]
d) Why 4 quadrant operation of drive is needed for rolling mill drive? [6]
yyy
[5059]-593 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P3073 [5059]-594
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Electrical)
HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING
(2012 Course)(Elective-III)(Semester-II)(End Semester) (403149)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer all questions.
2) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4,Q5 or Q6,Q7 or Q8.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
6) Use of calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Define Townsend first and second ionization coefficients How is the
condition for breakdown obtained in Townsend discharge? [8]
b) What is the stress oil volume theory and how does it explain breakdown
in large volume of commercial liquid dielectrics [8]
c) Describe the various factors that influence breakdown in a gas. [4]
OR
Q2) a) What is thermal breakdown on solid dielectrics and how it is practically
more significant then other mechanisms? [8]
b) Describe the phenomenon of lightning and explain the terms pilot streamer,
stepped leader, return streamer and dart leader. [8]
c) Explain the various factors that influence breakdown in pure liquid
dielectrics and commercial liquid dielectrics [4]
Q3) a) Give the different circuits that produce impulse wave and explain clearly
their merit and demerits. [8]
b) Explain one method of controlled tripping of impulse generator why is
controlled tripping necessary. [8]
OR
[5059]-594 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) With neat circuit diagram , describe the construction principle of
operation and application of Marxs impulse generator. [8]
b) Draw the standard wave shape of impulse voltage wave and specify the
values of the wave front and wave tail. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain current transformer with electro-optical signal converter for EHV
system. [8]
b) Explain Generating voltmeter for measurement of high voltages. [8]
Q7) a) What are the different power frequency tests done on insulator? Mention
the procedure for testing? [9]
b) Classify the different high voltage laboratories and give salient features
of each of them [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the partial discharge tests on high voltage cables. How is the
fault in the insulation located in this test? [9]
b) Explain earthing and safety measures used in high voltage laboratory[9]
tu tu tu
[5059]-594 2
Total No. of Questions : 11] SEAT No. :
P1999
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-595
B.E. (Electrical) (Elective - III)
HVDC & FACTS
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
4) Use of Logarithmic tables, slide rule, mollier charts electronic pocket calculator
and steamt tables is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q5) Compare HVDC Light system with conventional HVDC transmission systems.[6]
OR
Q6) Explain structure of VSC based HVDC system and its characteristics. [6]
P.T.O.
Q8) a) With suitable diagram explain various configurations of SVC. [9]
b) Compare SSSC and TCSC. [9]
OR
Q9) a) Explain principle of operation of SSSC. Draw relevant phasor
diagrams. [9]
b) State applications of SSSC. Also state limitations of SSSC. [9]
Q10)a) Draw schematic diagram of UPFC and explain its operation. [8]
b) Explain applications of UPFC. [8]
OR
Q11)a) Explain modes of operation of UPFC with relevant phasor diagrams. [8]
b) Derive relationship of active and reactive power in presence of UPFC.[8]
yyy
[5059]-595 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2159 [5059]-596
[Total No. of Pages :3
B.E.(Electrical)
DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM
(2012 Course)(Elective-III)(Semester-II)(End Sem)
Time :2Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8.
2) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
0 0 2
c) If A= 0 1 0
1 0 3
OR
Q2) a) Explain the sampling & reconstruction process, state the sampling theorem
& give its importance. [6]
b) Explain the concept of stability of discrete time control system & explain
Rouths stability criterion. [6]
c) A state variable model of a discrete time system is given by [8]
[5059]-596 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) What is full order observer? With the help of proper block diagram
explain it. [8]
b) Given
0.1 0.1 0 1
x (k + 1)= 0.3 0.1 0.2 x(k ) + 1
0 0 0.3 0
&
y (k ) = [1 0 1] x (k )
OR
Q4) a) Define controllability & observability for discrete time control system.
Explain any one method to determine it [6]
Q5) a) Define Eulers forward, backward method & trapezoidal method with
suitable example. [8]
Y (z ) 4 Z 2 3Z + 0.5
b) Consider the system defined by V z =
( ) Z 3 + Z 2 Z 0.75
Determine state space representation in controllable canonical form &
observable canonical form. [8]
OR
Y (Z ) b 0 Z n + b1Z n 1 + b2 Z n 2 + ! + bn
=
V (Z ) Z n + a1Z n 1 + a2 Z n 2 + ! + an
tu tu tu
[5059]-596 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2000
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-597
B.E. (Electrical) (Elective - IV)
INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS AND ITS APPLICATION IN ELECTRICAL
ENGINEERING
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - III)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Give Histrocal views on ANN. [6]
OR
Q3) a) Explain fuzzy rule base system. Also explain how it is implemented? [9]
OR
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Explain sugeno inference system. [8]
b) Interpret predicate logic formula and give its inference. [8]
yyy
[5059]-597 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2001
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-598
B.E. (Electrical Engineering) (Elective - IV) (Semester - II)
SMART GRID
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2. Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable additional data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Define Smart grid concept and explain its necessity. [5]
b) Explain the concept of Resilient and Self Healing Grid. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Write a note on, Real time prizing. [5]
b) Describe substation automation. [5]
Q3) a) Explain how the reliability of smart grid can be enhanced by integrating
Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs) in to it. [5]
b) Explain how automatic meter reading can make the system smarter. [5]
OR
Q4) a) List different smart appliances and describe an integration of smart
appliances into grid for Home and Building Automation. [5]
b) What is Geographic Information System (GIS) ? [5]
Explain the components of GIS.
Q5) a) Explain concept of micro grid, and its need and applications. [8]
b) State and explain the issues of interconnecting the micro grid with the
utility grid. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Write a note on protection & control of Microgrid. [8]
b) Compare Microgrid and Smart Grid. [8]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Describe Power Quality Issues of grid connected Renewable Energy
Sources. [8]
b) Explain the concept of Power Quality and EMC in Smart Grid. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain importance of power quality in smart grid & how it can be
improved. [8]
b) Write a note on Web based Power Quality Monitoring. [8]
yyy
[5059]-598 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
P2002
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-599
B.E. (Electrical)
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
UNIT - I
Q1) Define Degree of freedom and spatial resolution. [6]
OR
Q2) Write the concept of yaw, pitch and roll. [6]
UNIT-II
Q3) Explain translational transformation with example. [6]
OR
Q4) Explain rotational transformation with example. [6]
UNIT-III
Q5) What are the different rules for establishing link coordinate frames. [8]
OR
Q6) Show how to add two vectors represented in homogeneous coordinates with
different scale factors. What is the scale factor of the result? [8]
UNIT-IV
Q7) a) A point [1; 2; 3]T is desired to rotate around z axis by 60 and then
around y axix by -90. Find the resultant point after rotation. [8]
b) Derive the rotation formula using vector technique. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain multiple reference frames in space. Draw sketches if necessary.[8]
b) Derive rotation in the y-z plane and the z-x plane using the geometric
approach. [8]
P.T.O.
UNIT-V
Q9) a) Explain joint position controls (JPC) with neat sketch. [9]
b) Explain Jacobian for prismatic and revolute joint for manipulator design.[8]
OR
Q10)a) Explain resolved motion position controls (RMPC) with neat sketch. [9]
b) Explain relationship between transformation matrix and angular velocity.[8]
yyy
[5059]-599 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2003
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-600
B.E. (Electrical Engineering)
ILLUMINATION ENGINEERING (Elective - IV) (Semester - VIII)
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) With suitable diagram explain working of high pressure mercury vapour
lamp [4]
b) Explain following concepts; [3]
i) Vision
ii) Visual Acuity
iii) Contrast
c) Explain role of igniters in metal halide lamps. [3]
OR
Q2) a) Compare artificial light with natural light (minimum 4 points) [4]
b) Explain any three mechanical factors to be considered for designing
luminaries. [3]
c) Compare fluorescent lamp with filament lamp. [3]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write short note on any Three; [8]
i) Zonal cavity method
ii) Coefficient of Utilization (COU)
iii) Uses of Polar curves
iv) Energy conservation in illumination design
v) Factors affecting visibility in commercial complex
b) Explain following special purpose lighting schemes; [8]
i) Decorative lighting
ii) Swimming Pool lighting
OR
Q6) a) A hall measuring 30m 13m with ceiling height of 5 meters is to be
illuminated with an illumination level of 120 lux. Taking coefficient of
utilization as 0.5 and depreciation factor of 1.4, determine the number of
fluorescent tubes required. Take luminous efficiency of fluorescent tube
as 40 lumens/watt for 80 watt tube. Use twin tube fitting arrangement
and show the disposition of these twin-tubes in plan. [8]
b) Explain in details the factors to be considered while designing the lighting
scheme for health care centers or hospitals. [8]
Q7) a) Explain how following methods are used in outdoor lighting? [8]
i) Beam lumen method
ii) ISOLUX diagram
b) Explain the illumination designs for stadium and sport complex [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the factors to be considered for designing the outdoor lighting
schemes [8]
b) Write a short note on Lighting for advertisement and hoardings. [8]
Q9) a) Explain working principal and working of Organic light emitting diodes
(OLED) [8]
b) Compare LED and LASER [5]
c) State various applications of LASER [5]
OR
Q10)a) State the two types of optical fiber cable and explain each in brief. [8]
b) With suitable diagram, explain any two methods of natural light conduiting.[5]
c) State the features of fiber optic light guides [5]
yyy
[5059]-600 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2004
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-600-A
B.E. (Electrical) (Elective - IV)
VLSI DESIGN
(2012 Pattern) (End Semester)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q. 1. or Q.2, Q.3. or Q.4, Q.5. or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rules, Mollier Charts, electronic pocket calcula-
tor and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Draw State diagram, State table & Implement 1011 detector using mealy
or Moore model. [6]
b) Define Function, Procedure, Configuration & Package [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Any three data types and three data objects [6]
b) Differentiate combinational and sequential circuits with examples. [4]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain CMOS inverter and its transfer characteristics in detail. [8]
b) Implement basic gates using CMOS [8]
OR
Q8) a) Compare TTL, ECL & CMOS [8]
b) Define 1 .Noise margin 2.F.O.M. 3.Velocity saturation 4. Body effect [8]
Q9) a) Explain in detail and also write VHDL code for Barrel shifter [10]
b) Write Algorithm & VLSI design for Ahead address generator [8]
OR
Q10)a) Explain in detail signed & unsigned comparator along with its design.[10]
b) Explain seven segment Display with diagram. [8]
yyy
[5059]-600-A 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Explain read write operation of 6T SRAM cells with help of timing
diagram. [8]
b) Give Classification of memories with application of each [8]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain DRAM in detail (any two schematics). [8]
b) Explain refresher circuit and sense amplifier. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain global and switch box routing. [8]
b) Explain off chip connections and I/O pad architecture [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain power and ground distribution in detail. [8]
b) Explain floor planning. Purpose and rules? [8]
Q7) a) With reference to BIST explain BILBO, LFSR, CUT, scan chain for
flipflops. [10]
b) What are the different faults in chip design? What are the techniques to
minimize them. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain TAP controller with its state diagram. [10]
b) What is need of boundary scan? Explain Boundary scan technique in
detail. [8]
llll
[5059]-601 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain different phases of software design. List the common bugs
and how to overcome these bugs? [8]
b) List the features of ICE & IDE simulators. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the factors affecting on the choice of assembly language and
high level language with example. [8]
b) Write a short notes on assembler and cross compilers. [8]
Q5) a) What are the different PCB design issues for high speed integrated
circuits. Explain in detail. [10]
b) Explain the importance of shielding and grounding. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What is the signal integrity? Justify the significance of SI. How
can it be ensure in high speed circuits? [10]
b) Explain different types of EMI? How it can be minimized? [8]
llll
[5059]-602 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Write down the causes and effects of EMI problems in controlled
rectifiers. [6]
b) A single phase dual converter is operated from a 120 V, 60 Hz supply
and load resistance is R = 10 . The circulating inductance is Lr = 40
mH, delay angles are 1 = 60 and 2 = 120. Calculate the peak
circulating current and the peak current of converter 1. [7]
c) Explain following power factor improvement (any one) techniques for
single phase converters with suitable waveforms and equations. [7]
i) Extinction Angle Control (EAC)
ii) Symmetrical Angle Control (SAC)
iii) Pulse Width Modulation Control (PWM)
OR
Q2) a) Compare Circulating and non-Circulating current type dual converters.
[6]
b) Explain three phase IGBT based PWM rectifiers along with its
advantages. [7]
c) With the help of neat circuit diagram and waveforms explain the
operation of single phase bridge Diode Clamped Multilevel inverter.
State its features, advantages and disadvantages. [7]
P.T.O.
b) A DC drive system uses a full converter in armature circuit and second
full converter in field circuit in the case of separately excited dc motor.
Calculate percentage change in the speed of the motor, if armature
converter delay angle is changed from 600 to 500. Input supply voltage
is 220 V, 60 Hz, armature resistance Ra = 0.27 , motor armature
current is 15 A, motor voltage constant Kb = 1.2 V/A rad /sec. [6]
c) Draw transfer function block diagram of DC motor. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain and draw the curve torque and power versus speed separately
excited dc motor. [6]
b) Draw and explain the power circuit of single phase semi-converter
feeding a separately excited DC motor. Explain with typical waveforms,
the operation in continuous and discontinuous armature current modes.
[6]
c) Compare converter fed and chopper fed drive. [4]
Q5) a) Explain variable square wave VSI Drives along with block diagram
and application. [8]
b) What is the need of vector control in Induction Motors? Briefly explain
Vector control of induction motors. [10]
OR
Q6) a) Explain different types of braking of induction motor. [8]
b) With the help of suitable circuit diagram and waveforms explain the
working of Variable frequency PWM VSI Drives. [10]
[5059]-603 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P 3074 [5059] - 604
[Total No. of Pages :2
B.E. (Electronics)
IMAGE PROCESSING & MACHINE VISION
(2012 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (404204 A)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
OR
OR
Q4) a) Explain the necessity of image transformation. Write short note on Haar
transform. [6]
P.T.O
b) Justify the following with example & reasoning.
i) If all the pixels in an image are shuffled, will there be any change in
the histogram.
ii) Can two different images have same histogram. [4]
Q5) a) Explain exactly point, line and edge detection. Which are the different
edge detection algorithms. Explain any two in detail. [10]
b) How the edge linking is carried out using 4 and 8 connectivity for boundary
detection. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain canny edge detector in detail. [8]
Q7) a) Explain, how DCT is useful in image compression Explain zonal coding
& threshold coding techniques. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain MPEG encoder in detail. [8]
b) Compare lossy & loss - less compression. Explain the methods used in
this compression. [8]
KKKK
[5059] - 604 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P 3075 [5059] - 605
[Total No. of Pages :2
Q1) a) What do you mean by Design metric? Explain following design metrics
Time to market power and NRE cost. [5]
b) What are the typical characteristics of Embedded System? What are the
applications of Embedded System. [5]
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Define - [8]
i) interrupt latency
ii) interrupt response
iii) recovery
iv) Clock tick.
OR
Q8) a) Define Kernel, Task, Critical session and ready list. [8]
OR
KKKK
Q1) a) List out different Bio-medical physical sensor with their Bio-medical
application and explain sensor performance characteristics. [8]
b) Explain the block diagram of typical ECG machine. [6]
c) Explain in detail different types of continuous rhythmic sinusoidal EEG
activity. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write short note on ECG amplifier with input protection & isolation circuit.
[8]
b) Explain in detail about Bio-potential electrode. [6]
c) Explain 10-20 electrode placement system for EEG. [6]
Q3) a) What are the objectives of patient monitoring system? With block diagram
explain bed side monitoring system. [8]
b) What is systolic and diastolic pressure? Explain non-invasive blood
pressure measurement technique. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain electromagnetic blood flow meter with its salient features. [8]
b) Write short note on stress test system. [8]
Q7) a) What is basic principle of MRI? Explain merits & demerits of MRI
system. [10]
b) Explain application of Telemetry in patient caring. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Gives advantages & disadvantages of LASER in medicine. Explain
general LASER safety guideline. [10]
b) Describe different technique for ultrasonic imaging. [8]
llll
[5059]-606 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) State and explain electrical validation and debug with arbitrary
waveform generators. [8]
b) Draw & Explain the architecture and operation of network analyzer.[6]
c) Explain design issues and role of electronic measurements for debugging
in automotive electronics. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain DSO trigger modes with examples. What are the limitations of
different types of analysis. [6]
b) What is the need & techniques of interfacing. Explain the interfacing of
touch screen. [8]
c) Explain serial bus decode test instruments of USB and PCI express.[6]
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are microwave enclosures and electronomagnetic compatibility?
Explain EMI and EMC measurements. [8]
b) Explain transmission cavity wave meter & reaction wave meter. [8]
llll
[5059]-607 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2160 [5059]-608
[Total No. of Pages :2
B.E.(Electronics)
DSP PROCESSORS
(2012 Pattern)(Elective-II)(Semester-I) (404205A)
Time :2Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
z 1
Q3) a) For the IIR filter, H ( z ) = [5]
( z 0.25 )( z 0.5 )
Determine:
i) Impulse response
ii) Difference Equation.
b) What is role of the interrupt pins of a DSP device? Are these the only
means of interrupting a DSP program? How do you prevent a signal on
an interrupt pin from interrupting a time critical program being executed
by DSP? [5]
OR
[5059]-608 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Draw and discuss the genetic diagram of host port interface (HPI) [5]
b) Write note on: on chip peripherals
i) Hardware Timer
ii) Serial I/O Port [5]
Q5) a) Discuss the memory organization for matrix multiplication of a 34 matrix
with a 43 matrix. [8]
b) Draw the block schematic of an adaptive filter and explain. Write the
mathematical equation for updating the filter coefficient. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the implementation of IIR filter using suitable diagram and
mathematical equation [8]
b) Write a note on 2D signal processing on a DSP processor [8]
Q7) a) What is bit reversed indexing in FFT algorithm? Explain the procedure
of bit reversed index generation. [8]
b) Explain the butterfly computation is FFT algorithm. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the overflow and scaling in FFT algorithm. How it is overcome[8]
b) Discuss the 2-point DFT computation using butterfly algorithm for DIF
& DIT methods. [8]
Q9) a) What are the various classifications of interrupts for the TMS320 C5416
processor. [6]
b) How does the interrupt handling in the TMS320C54XX DSP differ from
a software & hardware interrupt? [6]
c) How does DMA help in increasing the processing speed of a DSP
processor [6]
OR
Q10)a) Explain the programmed I/o interface with suitable examples [6]
b) Write a note on [12]
i) Multichannel Buffered serial port(McBSP)
ii) CODEC
tu tu tu
[5059]-608 2
Total No. of Questions :10] SEAT No. :
P3076 [5059]-609
[Total No. of Pages : 3
B.E. (Electronics)
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
(2012 Course) (Elective-II) (Semester-I) (404205-B)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
2) Figures to right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) What are the various components in robot drive system Hydraulic/
Pneumatic system. [5]
OR
b) What are the different actuators are used in robotics system. [5]
Q3) a) What is SCARA robot? Explain the application in which it is most suitable.
[4]
i) Workspace.
ii) Manipulator.
OR
[5059]-609 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Given data for telescope arm of an industrial robot. [6]
iii) Arm fully extends to maximum reach for extension = 1800 mm.
iv) Arm fully retracts to minimum reach for retraction = 800 mm.
1) Rotation 2) Translation
Q5) a) Explain Direct and inverse kinematics for industrial robots for position
and orientation redundancy? [8]
b) What is D-H convention? What are the dynamics considerations in
robotics application? [8]
OR
Q6) a) Sketch neat joint & link diagram and define the terms: [8]
i) Joint angle
ii) Joint distance
Name the variable parameters for the revolute and prismatic joints.
b) It is desired to above a joint of six robot go from initial angle of 20 to a
final angle of 80 in 5 second. Using third degree polynomial calculates
the joint angles at interval of 1 second. [8]
[5059]-609 2
Q7) a) Explain the role of fuzzy controllers in robotics applications? [8]
b) What is Jacobian control? Discuss the Jacobian in terms of D-H matrices.
[8]
OR
Q8) a) State and explain Newton-Eular dynamics of robots. Also explain the
Newton-Eular Formulations for manipulators. [8]
Q9) a) Draw the block diagram of fuzzy controller and explain. [9]
b) Explain with neat block diagram how vision system is used in complex
control system. [9]
OR
Q10)a) With the help of neat block diagram explain neural controller. [9]
b) Draw block diagram of trajectory tracking controller and explain. How
vibrations can be minimized. [9]
[5059]-609 3
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the components of crop production forecasting systems by
remote sensing techniques. [6]
b) List the types of Spraying Equipment and explain any one in detail.[6]
c) Compare weed activated spraying & site-specific spraying. [4]
OR
Q6) a) What is the utility of soil moisture measurement for crop
productivity improvement? [6]
b) Compare conductivity & capacitance methods for grain moisture
measurement. [6]
c) Write short note on: Instruments and systems used for crop handling
and storage. [4]
llll
[5059]-610 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q7) a) Draw and explain the significance of various interfaces in GSM. [9]
b) Classify and explain GSM logical channels. [9]
OR
Q8) a) With neat block diagram, describe reverse IS - 95 channel modulation
process for a single user. [9]
b) Explain with neat diagram the working of Quadrature modulation in
IS - 95. [9]
llll
[5059]-611 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the process to process delivery through client/server paradigm.
[6]
b) Compare IPv4 and IPv6. [6]
c) Explain connectionless versus connection oriented services provided
by transport layer. [4]
Q5) a) What is Cryptography? What are its types? Explain the symmetric key
and Asymmetric key cryptography. [6]
b) Explain the RSA algorithm. [6]
c) Explain the various network security services [4]
OR
Q6) a) Compare symmetric key and Asymmetric key cryptography. [6]
b) Explain the various network security attacks. [6]
c) Explain UTP cabling for PC to PC communication. [4]
Q7) a) What is the role of DNS? Explain the DNS with suitable diagram. [8]
b) Explain the telnet and FTP protocol using suitable diagram. [10]
OR
Q8) Write short notes
a) SMTP [6]
b) BOOTP [6]
c) P2P File sharing [6]
llll
[5059]-612 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Explain with suitable example process control block diagram. [4]
b) A temperature control system inputs the controlled variable as a range
from 0 to 4V. The output is a heater requiring 0 to 8V. A PID controller
is to be used with Kp=2.4%/%, Ki=9%(%-min), Kd=0.7%/(% min).
The period of the fastest expected change is estimated to be 8 seconds.
Develop the PID circuit. [6]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) State the following control system evaluation criteria.
i) Minimum Area Criteria
ii) Quarter Amplitude Criteria [4]
b) A proportional derivative controller has a 0.4 to 2.0 V input
measurement range, a 0 to 5V output , Kp = 5%/% and Kd = 0.08 %
per (%/min).The period of the fastest expected signal change is 1.5 sec.
Implement this controller with an op-amp circuit. [6]
Q7) a) Explain feed forward control scheme for a heat exchanger. [9]
b) Explain inferential control scheme to control tops product composition
in a distillation column. [8]
OR
[5059]-613 2
Q8) a) Explain with neat P & I diagram Air: Fuel ratio control in a boiler. [9]
b) Explain with block diagram the concept of Model Predictive Control.
[8]
[5059]-613 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3077 [5059]-614
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q3) a) Write expression for short time energy? How it is used for calculation of
pitch frequency? [5]
b) How speech signal is classified as voiced and unvoiced using ZCR and
short time energy? [5]
OR
Q4) a) Write a short note on spectral features. [5]
b) Explain spectrogram & there their types. Explain its significance and
applications in speech processing. [5]
Q5) a) Explain the method to find the LPC coefficients using auto correlation
method. [8]
b) Explain Levinson-Durbin recursive algorithm for calculation of predictor
coefficients. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain Frequency domain interpretation of LPC analysis. [8]
b) Explain relation between formants & LPC. [8]
Q7) a) Explain long term complex Cepstrum & short term complex cepstrum.
Explain the properties of complex Cepstrum. [8]
b) Explain the method to calculate MFCC using block diagram. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the method to evaluate the formants of speech signal using
cepstrum Analysis. What is importance of formants in speech
processing? [8]
b) Explain the homomorphic processing system for convolution with a block
schematic. Justify the use of LTI filter for a convolved signal. [8]
Q9) a) Explain different issues and challenges for speaker recognition system.
What will be the probable solutions to resolve issues, Explain. [10]
b) Explain Text to Speech conversion system with block schematic? State
different applications of TTS. [8]
OR
Q10)a) State different distortion measures used for Automatic Speech
Recognition System. [8]
b) Compare speaker identification system with speaker verification
system. [10]
E E E
[5059]-614 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Calculate the horizontal resolution and video bondwidth for CCIR - B
standards in India. [7]
b) Explain the function of digital camera with neat diagram. [7]
c) Explain composite and component coding video signals. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Give comparision of PAL, NTSC and SECAM TV standards. [7]
b) What are the merits and demerits of DTH. [7]
c) Explain MPEG - 2 Video compression technique. [6]
llll
[5059]-615 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2161 [5059]-616
[Total No. of Pages : 3
B.E.(Electronics Engg.)
OPTICAL AND MICROWAVE COMMUNICATION
(2012 Course)(Elective-III)(Semester-II) (End Sem.)(404211)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2,Q3 or Q4,Q5 or Q6 , Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn where ever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
b) An optical Fiber has a core refractive index of 1.49 and a cladding refractive
index of 1.45. [6]
Determine:
c) Explain the working of LASER diode. Compare LASER with LED. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the concept of Wavelength Division Multiplexing along with neat
diagram. state the key features of the same. [8]
b) What is dispersion? Explain intermodal dispersion and intra modal
dispersion [6]
c) Draw and explain the working principle of SOA optical amplifier. [6]
[5059]-616 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain the following parameters of directional coupler. [8]
i) Coupler factor
ii) Directivity
iii) Isolation
[5059]-616 2
Q7) a) Explain the principle of operation, IV characteristic of microwave tunnel
diode. [8]
b) Explain with neat diagram construction and working of MESFET. [8]
OR
Q8) Write short notes on the following along with applications. [16]
a) Varactor diode
b) Microwave transistor
c) Schottky diode
d) PIN diode
tu tu tu
[5059]-616 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain how fourier transform is used in EEG signal analysis. [8]
b) State the differences between FIR filtering and IIR filtering. [8]
OR
Q6) a) State the Weiner Hope equation. Explain the with equations the
least mean square approach to find the filter coefficients. [8]
b) Explain the concept of low pass filtering and high pass filtering with
respect to biosignals. [8]
llll
[5059]-618 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write different compounds which are used in MEMS. Explain any
one of them. [8]
b) What do you mean by the piczoresistance? Can be used silicon for the
same? Write down mathematical expression for it [8]
OR
Q6) a) What is Conductive polymers? Write methods how polymers
can be made conductive [8]
b) Write a short note on use of Quartz in MEMS. [8]
Q7) a) What are the major technical issues in bio MEMS products? [8]
b) Explain how biosensor is used for glucose concentration measurement.
[8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain basic working principal of MEMS microphone. Give its
specifications. [8]
b) Write short note on Accelerometer. [8]
llll
[5059]-619 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3078 [5059]-620
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Electronics)
SYSTEM ON CHIP
(2012 Course)(End Sem)(Semester-II) (404212C)(Elective-IV)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt from Section-I Q1 or 2, Q3 or 4, Q5 or 6, Q7or 8, Q9 or 10.
2) Draw neat diagrams.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
OR
Q2) a) In which HDL system race took place? Do VHDL have this problem.[6]
b) Draw and explain flow chart used for microsystem development. [4]
OR
Q4) a) How synchronizer is used to aviod metastability in clock domain crossing?
[6]
b) Explain in detail RTL based chip design flow. [4]
Q5) a) Explain working of CVD? Which CVD process is used in SoC design?
[8]
OR
[5059]-620 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Which fundamental steps one has to follow while etching MEMS SoC
based designs. [8]
b) What do you mean by scaling in electromagnetic force?
Justify:electromagnetic force is F l 4 for cross section area ofconductor.
[8]
OR
tu tu tu
[5059]-620 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) List the phases in mechatronics design process. Explain with diagram.[6]
b) Explain functions of mechatronics system. [4]
OR
Q2) Write short on (any two) [10]
a) Switches
b) MMF (Mechatronics Function Module)
c) AMS (Autonomous Mechatronics System)
Q5) a) Explain in detain IEEE 488-The General purpose Interface bus. [10]
b) Explain Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) in
detail. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) Write short note on following (Any Three) [18]
a) Unbalanced Vs. balanced transmission.
b) Point to point Vs. multipoint communication system.
c) Asynchronous serial data format
d) Simplex, Half-Duplex, Full-Duplex.
llll
[5059]-620-A 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Draw and explain CMOS transfer characteristics in detail showing all
regions in the characteristics. [8]
b) Design CMOS logic for Y = AB+CD+E . Calculate W/L ratio for
NMOS and PMOS area needed on chip. [10]
OR
Q4) a) Explain transmission gate. States its advantages. Implement a circuit of
2:1 multiplexer using transmission gate. Comment on the number of
transistor required using transmission gates and conventional method.[10]
b) Explain the following. [8]
i) Velocity saturation
ii) Body effect
iii) Hot electron effect
iv) Channel length modulation
Q5) a) Explain common source amplifier with the help of circuit diagram. Draw
AC equivalent circuit and expression for voltage gain, output resistance.[8]
b) Explain device parasitic and their limitation on the performance of CMOS
circuits. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Draw and explain difference amplifier using MOS transistors. [8]
b) Draw and explain current sink and source circuits. [8]
Q7) a) Explain the need of design for testability. Explain scan path testing.[8]
b) Explain stuck-at-0 and stuck-at-1 faults with example. [8]
OR
Q8) Write short note on. [16]
a) TAP controller with state diagram.
b) Built In Self Test (BIST)
llll
[5059]-621 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Explain and correlate any four connecting devices with OSI reference
model? [4]
b) Explain flow control in data link layer? [6]
OR
Q4) a) Compare Bluetooth with Zigbee? [4]
b) What characteristics can be used to group stations in VLAN? [6]
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is ICMPv4? Explain general format of ICMPv4 messages? [5]
b) Explain different performance parameters of Network layer? [6]
c) Explain different network layer services? [6]
llll
[5059]-622 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q5) a) With the help of two valley theorem explain the working of Gunn
diode. [8]
b) Write a note on: TRAPTT Diode. [4]
c) Explain the working of Microwave field effect transistor (FET). [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the working principle of tunnel diode. [8]
b) Write a note on: [8]
i) IMPATT Diode
ii) Schottky barrier diode
OR
[5059]-623 2
Q8) a) Two identical directional coupler are used in waveguide to sample
incident and reflected powers. The output of two couplers is 2.5mw
and 0.15mw respectively. Find the value of VSWR in waveguide. [6]
b) Explain the phase shift measurement using double minimum method
at microwave frequency. [6]
c) Write a short note on VSWR meter. [6]
llll
[5059]-623 3
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
1 2 3 2
4 2 5 1
1 2 6 3
2 4 6 7
b) Explain any three noise models in short. [5]
P.T.O
OR
Q4) a) Explian following operations of image enhancement. [4]
i) Power law transformation.
ii) Contrast streching.
b) Explain the concept of Homomorphic filtering. [3]
0 1 0 0
0 1 2 2
f (x, y)
0 1 2 3
1 2 2 3
SECTION - II
Q7) a) What is edge detection? Compare the performance of first order & second
order derivative w.r.t. an image? Which one would you prefer for detecting
edges? Why? [9]
b) Define image segmentation. What is Region based approach for image
segmentation Explain Region growing & Region splitting and merging
technique in detail. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following in detail. [10]
i) Hough transform
ii) Hit or Miss transform
b) Explain Global, adaptive and otsu's method of thresholding. [8]
[5059]-624 -2-
Q9) a) What is the need of boundary descriptor. Explain 4-directional &
8-directional chain code with example. Hence obtain the object shape
represented by 8-directional chain code (clock wise)
{0, 1, 5, 0, 6, 6, 4, 4, 4, 4, 2, 2} [8]
b) Explain the following Regional descriptors
i) Topological Descriptors [4]
ii) Texture descriptors [4]
OR
Q10)a) Explain in detail the concept of Fourier descriptor based boundary
representation. What are its advantages [8]
b) Explain in detail the following [8]
i) Statistical moments
ii) Principle component Analysis
OR
]]]
[5059]-624 -3-
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
b) With example explain how design metrics are depend on each other [4]
OR
Q3) a) What is the need of semaphore? How do you create counting semaphore?
[4]
OR
Q4) a) Why mutual exclusion is necessary while using shared resources ? [4]
P.T.O
Q5) a) Compare Bootloader and BIOS. [6]
b) What are storage consideration in case of embedded linux? [5]
c) What are the features of embedded linux? [5]
OR
Q6) a) Explain cross development tools for Embedded linux target. [4]
b) What does the root file system contain? [2]
c) Compare NOR and NAND flash memories for embedded linux
environment. [4]
d) What are processor and memory requirement of embedded linux. [6]
]]]
[5059]-625 -2-
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2162 [5059]-626
[Total No. of Pages :2
B.E.(E&TC)
SOFTWARE DEFINED RADIO
(2012 Course)(Elective-I)(Semester-I)
Time :2Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8.
2) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
OR
Q2) a) State and explain the Friis equation for total noise figure. [8]
tu tu tu
[5059]-626 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
OR
Q3) a) Explain with neat diagram brushless DC (BLDC) motor drive. [8]
P.T.O
OR
b) What are types of servo motor drives? Explain any one in detail. [8]
Q5) b) Explain various system components in a wind power system. Also write
specifications of wind turbine. [8]
a) What are different types of batteries used for solar application? Explain
Float cum Boost charging method for lead acid batteries. [10]
OR
Q6) a) Draw equivalent circuit of a basic solar cell, explain each component.
What is the reason of reduction in solar output with increase in
temperature? [8]
Q7) a) What are fuzzy sets? Explain various properties of fuzzy set with an
example. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain any one AI Application in electrical machines and drives. [8]
]]]
[5059]-627 -2-
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2163 [5059]-628
[Total No. of Pages : 4
B.E.(E&Tc)
MULTIRATE AND ADAPTIVE SIGNAL PROCESSING
(2012 Pattern)(Elective-II)
Time :2Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
10 log (p s ) 13
filter length, N= +1
14.6 +f
Wheref= normalized transistion width assume decimation factors of
10&3 for stages 1&2 respectively. [16]
b) For the decimator in part a , calculate the total number of multiplications
per second (MPS) and the total storage requirements(TSR) [4]
[5059]-628 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) Derive the conditions of alias cancellation for a Harr 2 band filter bank
structure [8]
b) Find out the magnitude and phase response of the systems represented
by following i/p o/p relations
1
i) Y (n ) = x (n ) + x (n 1) [5]
2
1
ii) Y (n ) = x (n ) x (n 1) [5]
2
OR
Q4) For the signal, y(t) shown in fig-1
c) ( )
Using Harr t 2 , plot projections and span of y(t) on V-1 and using
[5059]-628 2
1 1
Q5) For an adaptive filter, inputs X1 = 1 and X 2 = 1 have target(desired)
1 1
values, Y1= 1 Y2=1 respectively.
The convergence factor =0.3. The initial weights of the filter are W=[0 0 0].
The filter is trained using LMS algorithm, for four iterations. The inputs applied
to the filters follow the sequence, X1,X2,X1&X2.
Find-
c) Find mean square error at the end of second and fourth iteration[4]
OR
J (W ) = E d 2 (n ) 2WT Pdx + WT Rx W
1 0.5
Pdx = [1 1] & E d 2 (n ) = 4
T
RX =
0.5 1
Find-
[5059]-628 3
Q7) X[n]={40, 10, 36, 4, 48, 2, 10, 0} V3
a) Show smoothing effect [8]
b) Reconstruct after suppressing coefficients in Wj subspaces [8]
OR
tu tu tu
[5059]-628 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Explain with neat diagrams, the different considerations for effective image
planes. [8]
b) Explain the need of functional partitioning on PCB. Also explain how it
is effectively done? [8]
P.T.O
OR
Q4) Define/Explain the following terms associated with PCB design. [16]
a) Containment
d) Immunity
e) Susceptibility
f) Suppression
Q5) a) With the help of suitable examples explain how the equipment are important
for effective troubleshooting and debugging. [8]
OR
Q7) a) List types of documents, their specific subtypes. Also explain their specific
use and format. [12]
[5059]-629 -2-
OR
Q8) a) Explain role of audience in documentation. [8]
b) Write short notes on following documents.
i) Engineering notebook. [5]
ii) Drawing and schematic. [5]
]]]
[5059]-629 -3-
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
Q1) Draw the architecture of Automation and discuss its advantages & limitations.
[8]
OR
OR
P.T.O
Q5) Explain microprocessor based flow control system. [6]
OR
b) Draw and explain bottle filling plant. construct Ladder diagram for the
same. [10]
OR
a) IEC 61131
b) Networking of PLC
c) RFID
Q9) a) What is SCADA. Explain the functions of Master Terminal unit in detail.
[8]
OR
Q10)a) What are the characteristics of processes make them potential candidate
for SCADA? [8]
[5059]-630 -2-
Q11)a) What are the basic components of numerical control system? Briefly
discuss the function of each component. [8]
b) What is field bus? Explain important features of field bus. [8]
OR
]]]
[5059]-630 -3-
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P3079 [5059]-631
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q1) a) Give any three examples of agent types and their PAGE descriptions.
[6]
b) Define pruning. Explain alpha beta pruning with its effectiveness. [8]
OR
b) Explain back tracking search and local search of CSP with algorithm.
[8]
OR
[5059]-631 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are the different learning method? Explain any one in detail. [10]
Q6) a) Explain Waltz algorithm with example. What are its limitations? [8]
OR
[5059]-631 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain the timing sequence of signals exchanged & signal exchange
diagram for local call. [8]
OR
b) Design two stage switching network for connecting 100 incoming trunks
to 100 outgoing trunks & find number of cross point. [6]
Q3) a) State and explain different types of channels used in AMPS. [4]
OR
P.T.O
Q4) a) Explain the Handover mechanism in AMPS. [6]
b) With a neat diagram explain [6]
i) Intra-cell Handover
ii) Inter-cell Handover
c) Compare between GSM900 and DCS 1800. [6]
Q5) a) Draw a neat diagram & explain block scheme of GSM Half Rate
encoder. [6]
b) Write short note on Radio Link Protocol (RLP). [6]
c) State and explain different logical channels used in GPRS. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain data transmission in GSM network. [6]
b) Draw and explain the GSM network architecture for SMS service. [6]
c) Write short note on GPRS services. [4]
Q7) a) Draw & explain the basic transmitter structure for DS-CDMA. [6]
b) Compare between technical parameters of WCDMA & IS-95 [6]
c) Given that the IS-95 CDMA digital cellular systems require 3 dB < Sr < 9
dB which employs QPSK modulation scheme and convolution coding
technique. The bandwidth of the channel is 1.25 MHz and the transmission
data rate is Rb = 9.6 kbps. Determine the capacity of a single IS-95 cell.[4]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the disadvantages of FDMA & TDMA system & motivation for
CDMA as a potential multiple access method. [8]
b) Draw the block diagram of Rake receiver & explain its operation. [8]
]]]
[5059]-632 -2-
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Compare and contrast LED and ILD as light source for optical fiber
communication. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Define the following terms with respect to single mode fiber [6]
P.T.O
Q3) a) The following parameters are established for a long-haul single-mode
optical fiber system operating at a wavelength of 1.3 P :
i) SOA
ii) EDFA
OR
Q4) a) Explain working principle of FBG and explain its usage as WDM
de-multiplexor. [6]
b) What is need of WDM? Hence compare Dense WDM and Coarse WDM.
[4]
Q5) a) State and explain Keplers three laws of planetary motion. [6]
b) The apogee and perigee distance of a satellite orbiting in an elliptical
orbit are, respectively, 45000 km and 7000 km. Determine the following[6]
i) Semi-major axis of the elliptical orbit
ii) Orbital eccentricity
iii) Distance between the center of Earth and the center of elliptical
orbit.
[5059]-633 -2-
c) A satellite is in an elliptical orbit with a perigee of 1000 km and an apogee
of 4000 km. Using a mean earth radius of 6378 km, find the period of the
orbit in hours, minutes and seconds, and the eccentricity of the orbit.[6]
OR
Q6) a) Compare and contrast use of LEO, MEO and GEO satellite earth orbits
for the purpose of communication. [6]
b) The difference between the farthest and the closest points in a satellites
elliptical orbit from the surface of the Earth is 30000 km and the sum of
the distances is 50000 km. If the mean radius of the earth is considered
to be 6378 km, determine the orbit eccentricity. [6]
c) An earth station is located at 30 W longitude and 60 N latitude. Determine
the earth stations azimuth and elevation angles with respect to a
geostationary satellite located at 50 W longitude. The orbital radius is
42164 km. Assume radius of earth to be 6378 km. [6]
Q7) a) Explain with help of block diagram typical tracking, telemetry command
and monitoring system. [8]
b) What are different types of antennas used in satellite systems? Explain
importance of each. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following with respect to satellite [8]
i) Attitude Control System
ii) Orbit Control System
b) Explain double conversion transponder for 14/11 GHz band. Support
your answer with suitable diagram and specify frequencies of local
oscillators and IF amplifiers. [8]
[5059]-633 -3-
b) Explain the following terms and hence explain their significance in satellite
communication [8]
i) G/T Ratio for the Earth station
ii) Antenna Noise Temperature for the Earth station antenna
OR
Q10)a) Explain procedure for satellite Communication link design. [8]
b) A C-band earth station has an antenna with a transmit gain of 54 dB. The
transmitter output power is set to 100 W at a frequency of 6.100 GHz.
The signal is received by a satellite at a distance of 37,500 km by an
antenna with a gain of 26 dB. The signal is then routed to a transponder
with a noise temperature of 500 k, a bandwidth of 36 MHz and a gain of
110 dB. [8]
i) Calculate the path loss at 6.1 GHz
ii) Calculate the power at the output port (output waveguide flange) at
the satellite antenna in dBW.
iii) Calculate the noise power at the transponder input, in dBW, in a
bandwidth of 36 MHz.
iv) Calculate the C/N ratio in the transponder.
]]]
[5059]-633 -4-
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain voiced and unvoiced speech signal? Explain its significance in
speech processing [6]
OR
Q3) a) What is spectrogram? What are their types? Explain its significance and
applications in speech processing [5]
OR
Q4) a) How Short time energy, short time average magnitude short time average
zero crossing rate is useful in speech processing? [4]
P.T.O
Q5) a) Explain basic principal of Linear Predictive Analysis? Explain
autocorrelation method for formant analysis [8]
b) Explain the Cholesky Decomposition method for solution of LPC
equations. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain frequency domain interpretation of LP analysis? [8]
b) Explain Durbin algorithm in LPC analysis [8]
Q9) a) Explain in detail automatic speech recognition system with suitable example
[9]
b) What is the difference between speaker identification and speaker
verification? What are the features used for speaker recognition/verification
system and how? [9]
OR
Q10)a) What is DTW? Explain with suitable example. [4]
b) What are the techniques of speech enhancement spectral subtraction
method? [10]
c) What are the various methods used for TTS. [4]
]]]
[5059]-634 -2-
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Discuss the method of open circuit time constants to estimate the
bandwidth [5]
b) Discuss the design of Shunt Peaked amplifier with suitable diagram. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Describe with suitable example, relation between Rise time and Bandwidth
[5]
OR
P.T.O
Q5) a) Differentiate between Single ended and differential ended LNA. [8]
b) With the help of schematic in detail, explore the design steps of single
ended LNA [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain LNA Topologies with suitable diagrams. [8]
b) Design LNA to operate at 500 MHz Design suitable bias. Compute device
width degenerating inductance, noise figure & Lg. Assume suitable data.
[8]
]]]
[5059]-635 -2-
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) In analog PAL TV system, justify the total channel bandwidth (VSB) is 7
MHz with suitable sketch. [5]
OR
OR
P.T.O
Q5) a) Explain in detail the IPTV technology. [8]
b) Explain the working of Video Door Phone systems. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss 3G Mobile TV systems. [8]
b) Explain the working of Video Projector with neat diagram.
State the typical specifications for it. [8]
Q9) a) Discuss the technology of Satellite Radio reception with necessary block
diagram. [8]
b) With block diagram, explain cordless microphone based PA System.
State four important specifications for it. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Explain in brief, typical PA System installation plan for an auditorium
having large capacity. [8]
b) Discuss Acoustic Chamber in detail. [8]
]]]
[5059]-636 -2-
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2164 [5059]-637
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Electronics&Telecommunication)
SOFT COMPUTING
(2012 Pattern)(End Semester)(Semester-II) (404191)(Elective-III)
Time :2Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2,Q3 or Q4,Q5 or Q6 , Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) Explain any one fuzzy membership function with its transfer
characteristics. Describe the possible use of the same with a suitable
example. [8]
b) Using max-min composition find relation between R and S. [8]
y 1 y2 y3 z1 z2
x1 1 1 0 x1 0 1
R = x2 0 0 1 , S = x2 1 0
x3 0 1 0 x3 1 1
OR
[5059]-637 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) State the Characteristics of Neuro-fuzzy and soft computing. [8]
Q5) a) Explain the procedure for designing a simple fuzzy control system. [8]
OR
Q6) a) State the fuzzy compositional rules used for fuzzy relationship
computation. [8]
OR
Q8) a) State the various applications of FLC. [10]
tu tu tu
[5059]-637 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write short note on ECG amplifier with input protection and isolation
circuit. [8]
b) Propose an adaptive noise cancellation filter to remove the maternal
ECG signal from the Fetal ECG of interest. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Draw input protection circuit for ECG recorder and describe its working
with complete block schematic. [8]
b) What are the advantages of an adaptive filter? Explain least mean squares
adaptive filter. [8]
Q7) a) State sampling theorem and how it is used in data acquisition of ECG.
[10]
b) Write brief notes on characterization of non-stationary signal. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is Digital signal processing? Explain the use of Digital Signal
Processing in Biomedical Applications. [10]
b) Explain the selection criteria of filter for biomedical application. [8]
llll
[5059]-638 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) What are the advantages and disadvantages of Silicon as a material for
semiconductor? [7]
b) Explain why contamination should be taken very seriously while
fabrication of IC? [7]
c) What is single Electron Transistor (SET)? Draw the circuit model of a
SET. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is the importance of silicon from semiconductor point of view?[7]
b) Write various levels of contaminations. [7]
c) Write applications of semiconducting quantum dots. [6]
Q3) a) What are the important intrinsic characteristics of MEMS? Enlist them.
[9]
b) What do you mean by sensor, actuator and tranducer? [9]
OR
Q4) a) Enlist six major energy domain of interest for MEMS description. [9]
b) What are three major sources of noise in MEMS that needs to be
considered by designers? [9]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) What are the major advantages of electrostatic sensors and actuators?[8]
b) Explain operation principle of scratch drive actuator with suitable
sketches. [8]
llll
[5059]-639 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Derive the Likelihood Ratio Test (LRT), under the Neyman Pearson
(NP) criterion for a binary hypothesis problem. [8]
b) A ternary communication system transmits one of the three amplitude
signal{ 1, 2, 3 } with equal probabilities. The independent received
signal samples under each hypothesis are
H1 : Yk = 1 + N K = l,2..K
H2 : Yk = 2 + N K = 1,2...K
H3 : Yk = 3 + N K = 1,2... K
The additive noise N is Gaussian with mean zero and variance 2 .
The costs are Cii = 0 and Cij = 1 for i j . Ij, j = 1, 2, 3 determine the
decision regions. [8]
OR
Q8) a) In a binary detection problem, the transmitted signal under hypothesis
H1 is either s1(t) or s2(t), with respective probabilities P1 and P2.
Assume P1 = P2 = 1/2, and sl(t) and s2(t) orthogonal over the
observation time t[0, T]. No signal is transmitted under hypothesis
H0. The additive noise is white Gaussian with mean zero and power
spectral density N0/2. Obtain the optimum decision rule, assuming
minimum probability of error criterion and P(H0) = P(H1) = 1/2. [8]
b) Explain Best Linear Unbiased Estimator (BLUE)? [8]
Q9) a) Explain the Radar Elementary concepts- Range, Range Resolution and
Unambiguous Range. [9]
b) Give a Review of Some CFAR Detectors. [9]
OR
Q10)a) What is CFAR Detection and state the Principles of Adaptive CFAR
Detection. [9]
b) Write short note on Mini-max detector. [9]
llll
[5059]-640 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Give the functions of ASN, ASN - GW, CSN and different interfaces
used in WiMAX. [8]
b) Explain 802.16m FDD and TDD frame formats. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What is meant by Interface mitigation? With suitable diagram explain
frequency planning with fractional frequency Reuse (FFR). [8]
b) Explain Mesh network for WiMAX technology. [8]
Q7) a) What are challenges of VoIP? Explain VoIP protocol layers. [8]
b) Explain the process of SIP call establishment and release. [8]
OR
Q8) a) With neat diagram describe H.323 network architecture. [8]
b) Write short note on SS7 protocol stack. [8]
llll
[5059]-640-A 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
SECTION - I
Q1) Write a short note on following:
a) Application of electronic systems in modem automobiles. [4]
b) Automotive supply chain. [3]
OR
Q2) a) Explain V-Model development cycle related to development of
automotive product development. [3]
b) Explain how electronically controlled power steering works. [4]
Q5) Explain the use of lnterrupts Watchdog timers and PWM of a microcontroller
in automotive system. [6]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) How engine can be controlled using Fuel maps/tables and Ignition
maps/tables. [6]
SECTION - II
Q7) a) Explain in detail how Infotainment Systems are useful in automotive
systems. [8]
b) Explain CAN & Flex Ray automotive communication protocols in
detail. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Compare MOST & LIN Protocol. [8]
b) Write a short note on following:
i) Global positioning systems (GPS) [5]
ii) General packet radio service (GPRS) [5]
llll
[5059]-640(B) 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Which Algorithm strategy used by quick sort? Write recurrence relation
for quick sort & solve it. [6]
b) Given n = G and weight (w1 w2 w3 w4 w5) = (7, 11, 13, 24, 10). Find all
subset whose sum is 41, using sum of subsets Algorithm. [8]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Which are different approaches of writing Randomized Algorithm? Write
Randomized sort Algorithm. [8]
Q4) a) What is 0-1 Knap sack problem? Explain the Algorithm as deterministic
& non-deterministic versions. [10]
Q5) a) What is mean by parallel Algorithms? What are way by which we can
achieve parallelism is Algorithm? [6]
b) Explain sequential & parallel Algorithm for merge sort for the following
arrays. [10]
A[8] = [11, 4, 30, 11, 20, 5, 8, 2]
OR
Q6) a) How parallel Algorithm can be used to solve graph problem? [8]
b) How complete binary tree is useful for parallel algorithms? Give any
example you are familiar with. [8]
OR
[5059]-641 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Discuss the action taken by every phase of compiler on following string
A = B*C+D/E [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain following storage allocation schemes with proper examples :[6]
i) Stack Storage Allocation
ii) Static Storage Allocation
iii) Heap Storage Allocation
P.T.O.
b) Generate SLR parsing table for the given grammar and parse the string
id1 + id2 + id3 * id4 [8]
EE + T / T
TT * F / F
F id
b) Compare Quadruples and Triples. Generate indirect triples for following :[6]
a=b*cde
OR
Q4) a) What is code optimization? Differentiate among local, global and loop
optimization. [6]
b) What is DAG? Explain its use in code generation. Generate DAG for [6]
T1 = A + B
T2 = C + D
T3 = E T2
T4 = T1 T3
b) Explain the row major and column major representation of arrays. [6]
[5059]-642 2
OR
OR
Q8) a) Explain following points for parallel Object Oriented languages : Object
location, object migration, object replication [6]
[5059]-642 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain the architecture of a learning agent and its components. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Define search problem. Solve 8 queen problem as a state space search
problem. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Differentiate supervised unsupervised, semi-supervised models in learning
approach. [6]
OR
OR
b) How Robot will perceive the information? Explain with example. [6]
Q9) a) Describe the basis of Utility Theory with utility functions. [6]
OR
b) Explain Internet Shopping World example with various agents and their
usage. [8]
[5059]-643 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
b) What do you mean by Image file format? Mention the name and use of
frequently used file format. [6]
c) Discuss how the point and mask processing operation helps in image
enhancement? [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is the role of image segmentation in image processing? What are
meant by global, local and adaptive thresholds? What approach of
thresholding should be used in case of non-uniform illumination? [8]
c) Explain region split and merge technique with example and draw its quad
tree representation. [6]
Q3) a) What is the need for Image compression? Explain Huffman code with
example. [8]
P.T.O.
OR
Q5) a) What are the medical Imaging modalities? Explain in brief. [10]
d) PACS.
OR
c) Block triangulation.
[5059]-644 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
OR
OR
Q5) What are the different flow models? Explain any two : [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) Explain the concept of Flow map. [6]
OR
OR
b) What are the major components of the evaluation process for vendors,
service providers, and equipment? [8]
OR
[5059]-645 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
OR
Q2) a) Explain with examples Object Transfer service using Path Reversal. [5]
b) What is JVM? Why Java is called the Platform Independent
Programming Language? What is the Difference between JDK and
JRE? [5]
Q3) a) What is a thread? Describe the complete life cycle of thread? [5]
b) What are the Data Types supported by Java? What is Autoboxing and
Unboxing. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What are the main benefits of SOA? How to achieve loose coupling in a
SOA? [5]
b) Write an applet for each of following graphics methods. [5]
drawoval(), drawrect(), drawline(), filloval()
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Whats the real difference between HTML and HTML5? Write short
notes on HTML and Java Script Programming. [8]
b) What is Ajax? What are Ajax applications? What are the advantages and
disadvantages of Ajax? Also write difference between AJAX and
Javascript. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What are document oriented databases? Give MongoDB database
example for hospital application. [8]
Q7) a) Write a short notes on Hadoop Ecosystem. Also explain features and
advantages of Hadoop. [8]
b) Explain with examples Data types and Complex data types in Pig. [9]
OR
Q10) a) Write a short notes on Execution modes of Pig and ETL Processing.[8]
[5059]-646 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) In real-world data, tuples with missing values for some attributes are a
common occurrence. Describe various methods for handling this problem.
[6]
b) Explain the following terms : [6]
i) Constraint-based rule mining.
ii) Closed and maximal frequent itemsets.
c) Consider the following data for a binary class problem [8]
A B Class
T F P
T T P
T T N
T F P
T T P
F F N
F F N
F F N
T T P
T F N
P.T.O.
i) Compute the information gain for A1 and A2.
ii) What is the best split between A1 and A2 according to Information gain?
iii) Compute the Gini index for A1 and A2.
iv) What is the best split between A1 and A2 according to Gini index?
OR
Q2) a) Consider the market basket transactions shown below : [6]
Transaction ID Items bought
T1 {M, A, B, D}
T2 {A, D, C, B, F}
T3 {A, C, B, F}
T4 {A, B, D}
Assuming the minimum support of 50% and minimum confidence of 80%
i) Find all frequent itemsets using Apriori algorithm.
ii) Find all association rules using Apriori algorithm
b) What are the major tasks in data preprocessing? Explain them in brief.[6]
c) Explain with suitable example : [8]
i) k-Nearest-Neighbor Classifier
ii) Scalable decision tree
[5059]-647 2
Q5) a) Precision and recall are two essential quality measures of an information
retrieval system. [6]
i) Why it is usual practice to trade one measure for the other? Explain.
ii) Why F-score is a good measure for trade between precision and
recall.
b) Compare the different text mining approaches. [5]
OR
OR
[5059]-647 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain the significance of the phrase House always wins in the context
of Gamification. [5]
b) How Gamification could be employed to improve the efficiency of an
individual? [5]
OR
Q2) a) Can brand awareness be generated using Gamification? Justify with an
example. [5]
b) Why the Gamification design has to be agile? [5]
b) How would you use gamification to track the progress of any activity
you are performing? [5]
c) What do you mean by game dynamics? [3]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Which game mechanics would you suggest in any activity for the prosperity
of the nation? [10]
Q9) a) What are the facilities available on mambo platform to improve e-learning
and training activity? [8]
b) List and explain required features of any gamification tool for discussion
forum. [8]
OR
Q10) a) How the customers loyalty can be increased using the features provided
by Bigdoor? [8]
[5059]-648 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Explain Context aware computing and types of contexts with example.[6]
b) Explain mobile middleware with example. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the types of context aware applications and steps for developing
context aware applications. [6]
b) Explain application aware adaptation architecture. [4]
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain the concept of Agent related to mobile middleware and services
offered by Agent. [10]
Q9) a) Explain the Social Networking for smart interactions with examples.[10]
[5059]-649 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q2) a) Explain the pros and cons of embedded security and management
engine. [6]
b) Explain the Boot Integrity. [4]
Q3) a) Explain in detail memory protection control for threat analysis and
mitigation in security and management engine. [6]
b) Explain any Digital Signature Algorithm. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain how software can use a Trusted platform module to authenticate
hardware devices. [8]
Q9) a) Explain the High level security requirements for IoT? [8]
[5059]-650 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 651
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
MULTIDISCIPLINARY NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - I)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Answer Q1 or Q2 , Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full makrs.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
OR
Q3) a) Illustrate the Basic steps of EM algorithm alongwith its Analysis. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Define HMM. Draw the diagram that shows Ergodic and non-ergodic
models [6]
[5059] - 651 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 652
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
SOFTWARE DESIGN METHODOLOGIES & TESTING
(2012 Pattern)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Q 1 and Q 2 are compulsory. Solve Q 3 or Q 4, Q 5 or Q 6, and Q 7 or Q 8.
2) Assume suitable data if necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q7) a) Explain the generalized architecture of automation tool. Draw the suitable
diagram to show different components. [8]
b) What are different components of selenium testing tool? [8]
OR
Q 8) a) Write a short note on Monkey Talk & highlight its features. [8]
b) Explain different methods of mobile testing. [8]
M M M
[5059] - 652 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 653
B.E. (Computer Engineering) (Semester - VIII)
HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING
(2012 Pattern)
Time :2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) First two questions are compulsory. Answer three questions (Q 3 or Q 4, Q 5
or Q 6, and Q 7 or Q 8.)
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
OR
P. T. O.
Q5) a) What are different partitioning techniques used in Matrix-Vector
Multiplication. [7]
b) Describe Cannons Algorithm for Matrix multiplication with suitable
example. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Describe different techniques for Latency Hiding. [7]
b) How Latency Hiding is different than Latency Reduction? [8]
.
Q7) a) Write a short note on (Any Two) [15]
i) Parallel Depth-First-Search
ii) Search Overhead Factor
iii) Power Aware Processing
b) Define term HPC and Elaborate its use to Indian Society. [5]
OR
Q 8) a) Write a short note on (Any Two) [15]
i) Distributed Memory
ii) Optical Computing
iii) Green Computing
b) Share your thoughts about how HPC will help to promote MAKE IN
INDIA initiative. [5]
M M M
[5059] - 653 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 654
B.E. (Computer Engineering) (End Semester )
MOBILE COMPUTING (Elective - III)
(2012 Pattern)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Q 1 and Q 2 are compulsory. Solve Q 3 or Q 4, Q 5 or Q 6, and Q 7 or Q 8.Q9
or Q 10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full makrs.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be brawn wherever necessary.
SECTION - I
OR
Q3) a) What is Hand over? Explain various types of Hand over. [5]
b) Explain the purpose and IEEE standards for WPAN. WLAN, WiMAX,
Bluetooth. [5]
OR
[5059] - 654 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 655
B.E. (Computer Engineering) (Semester - II)
WEB TECHNOLOGY (Elective - III)
(2012 Pattern)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Answer Q 1 or Q 2 , Q 3 or Q 4, Q 5 or Q 6, and Q 7 or Q 8 and Q9 or Q10
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q4) a) Discuss the Design Issues and technological Challenges in IOT. [6]
b) Write on Smart Objects in lOT. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Write short note on: Local Identity and Global Web Identity. [6]
b) Explain the vulnerabilities of IOT. [6]
c) Describe the limitations of different identification schemes. [6]
M M M
[5059] - 655 2
Total No. of Questions :10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 656
B.E. (Computer Engineering) (Semester - II)
CLOUD COMPUTING (Elective - III)
(2012 Pattern)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Answer Q 1 or Q 2 , Q 3 or Q 4, Q 5 or Q 6, and Q 7 or Q 8 and Q 9
or Q 10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data is necessary.
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain the model for federated cloud computing. [6]
b) Explain performance related issues for HPC in cloud computing. [6]
c) What do you mean by SLA? Elaborate various types of SLA. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on. [9]
i) SOAP versus REST.
ii) Work flow modeling
b) Explain traditional approaches of SLA. [9]
M M M
[5059] - 656 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 657
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
CYBER SECURITY (Elective - III)
(2012 Pattern) (End - Sem)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Answer Q. 1 or Q. 2, Q. 3 or Q. 4, Q 5 or Q .6, Q .7 or Q. 8 Q. 9 or Q. 10.
2) Figures to right indicate full marks.
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain types of Intrusion detection systems (IDS). [6]
b) List and explain any two password management practices. [6]
c) What are the various characteristics of firewall? [5]
OR
Q8) a) Describe types of firewall in detail. [6]
b) Explain methods for intrusion detection system (IDS) [6]
c) What is Access control security service? [5]
Q9) a) How VoIP hacking is done by attackers? What are the counter measures
for it? [7]
b) Identifying wireless network defenses & counter measures. [7]
c) What is hacking? Explain mobile hacking. [2]
OR
Q10) a) How various wireless devices targeted by hackers in hacking the wireless
network ? [7]
b) Explain operation of various hacking devices. [7]
c) What is input validation Attack? [2]
M M M
[5059] - 657 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q5) a) What is the need of data pre-processing? Explain various data cleaning
techniques. [5]
b) Explain the methods of measuring central tendency of data with example.
[6]
P.T.O.
c) What is data normalization in data pre-processing? Explain following
data normalization methods with example: [6]
i) Min-Max normalization
ii) Z-score normalization
OR
Q6) a) What are outliers? Explain various types of outliers with suitable example.
[6]
b) Explain clustering based methods of outlier detection with examples. [6]
c) What is OLAP? Explain Roll-up and Slice operations with example. [5]
[5059]-658 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Vehicles are passing through a toll gate at the rate of 70 per hour. The
average time to pass through the gate is 45 seconds. The arrival rate and
service rate follow Poisson distribution. There is a complaint that the
vehicles wait for a long duration. The authorities are willing to install one
more gate to reduce the average time to pass through the toll gate to 35
seconds if the idle time of the toll gate is less than9% and the average
queue length at the gate is more than 8 vehicles, check whether the
installation of the second gate is justified? [8]
b) Explain the Graphical Method for solving a Game. [6]
c) Define Slack and surplus variables with suitable example. [3]
OR
Q4) a) Show that assignment model is a special case of transportation model.[4]
b) Discuss the travelling salesman problem. [5]
c) What is queuing system? Explain queuing systems transient state and
steady state. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain important characteristics of dynamic programming. [4]
b) Explain single additive constraints, additively separable return model of
dynamic programming. [6]
c) Write down algorithms of PERT and CPM techniques. [6]
===
[5059]-659 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) Attempt the following :
a) Differentiate between HTML 4 and HTML5? [5]
b) What is HTML5? Name some of the new features of HTML5? [5]
c) Explain WML with Suitable example? [5]
[5059]-660 2
Q9) Attempt the following :
OR
a) How to get the Cell Location Without the Carriers Assistance. [4]
===
[5059]-660 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) List and briefly define types of cryptanalytic attacks based on what is
known to the attacker. [6]
b) Determine gcd (24140, 16762). [4]
OR
Q2) a) Using the extended Euclidean algorithm, find the multiplicative inverse
of [6]
i) 1234 mod 4321
ii) 24140 mod 40902
b) What is the difference between a monoalphabetic cipher and a
polyalphabetic cipher? [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Give examples of applications of IPSec. What services are provided by
IPSec? What is the difference between transport mode and tunnel mode
in IPSec? [8]
b) What protocols comprise SSL.Draw a neat diagram? What is the
difference between an SSL connection and an SSL session? [8]
OR
Q6) a) What services are provided by the SSL Record Protocol? What steps
are involved in the SSL Record Protocol transmission? [8]
b) What are three benefits that can be provided by an intrusion detection
system? What is the difference between statistical anomaly detection
and rule-based intrusion detection? [8]
Q7) a) What is cybersquatting. Who are cybersquatters and how does it work.
[8]
b) What are social engineering attacks and classify and explain them? [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is cyberstalking. Explain cyberstalking and explain how it works.[8]
b) Classify and explain cybercrimes against property. [8]
[5059]-661 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q3) a) With the context of activity diagram, elaborate fork and join with the help
of an example. [6]
b) The use case login accepts the userid and password from the user. The
system validates them and displays the message that Userld or password
is invalid. Draw a sequence diagram for this. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Draw a state diagram for a fax machine and show entry, exit and do
behavior. Initially, the machine is in the idle state. It displays the date and
time in this state. When the user dials a fax number, the machine remains
in the idle state till the number dialing is complete. After the number is
completely dialed, it goes into the faxing state. Being in this state, it
prints the fax on the page, it pulls the page out, it paginates, puts a date,
time and owner stamp at the end of the fax message which it prints. After
the fax printing is complete, it goes back to idle state. [6]
b) Draw a use case diagram with appropriate relationships and notations
for the following description.
Consider an online travel planner software. Through this software, the
user can book bus tickets, provide payment information, provide address,
book a car on rent, book a hotel room. It is mandatory to provide payment
information and provide address for booking of bus tickets, car on rent
and a hotel room. [4]
Q5) a) Write a note on Making a Reuse Plan from the context of system design.[8]
b) Which are the boundary conditions & how they are handled? [8]
OR
Q6) a) Describe one way of breaking a system into subsystems. [8]
b) Describe allocation of subsystems in System Design. [8]
Q7) a) Write the classification, motivation, class diagram and uses of adapter
design pattern. [8]
b) Write the classification, motivation, class diagram and uses of observer
design pattern. [8]
[5059]-662 2
OR
Q8) a) Write the classification, motivation, class diagram and uses of strategy
design pattern. [8]
b) Write the classification, motivation, class diagram and uses of state design
pattern. [8]
Name
Submit
Mobile No.
[5059]-662 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain four distance function. Name any machine learning task which
uses distance functions. [9]
b) Write a note on clustering trees. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Write a note on subgroup discovery. [9]
b) Explain single linkage, complete linkage and average linkage. [9]
===
[5059]-663 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Comment on the nature of problems solved with soft computing. [6]
b) List and explain performance issues of EBP. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Comment on the nature of solutions obtained with soft computing. [6]
Q3) a) What is meant by fuzzy logic system? Illustrate it with proper examples.[8]
b) Explain the Alpha-cut method for discrete fuzzy sets to perform arithmetic
operations. i) Addition ii) Division [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is difference between evolutionary strategy and evolutionary
programming. [8]
b) With the neat flowchart explain operation of simple genetic algorithms.[8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain how genetic algorithms are different from evolutionary
programming. [8]
b) With the neat flowchart explain operation of genetic programming. [8]
===
[5059]-664 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2060
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059] - 665
B.E. (I.T.) (Semseter - I)
USABILITY ENGINEERING
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - I)
Time : 2 Hour] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2 , Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q5) a) What is importance of test goals and test plans in Usability testing? [8]
b) Explain the importance of Observations, Questionnaires and interviews
in usability assessment. [10]
OR
Q6) a) What is the concept of focus groups? Explain in detail. [8]
b) Explain different stages of usability testing with example. [10]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) How Multilocale interfaces are more useful to the users. [8]
b) Explain any four user interface standards. [8]
OR
Q8) a) How information in the interface useful for users while interacting with
interface. [8]
b) How user & Vendor Benefits from Consistency and Standards. [8]
mmm
[5059]-665 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2061
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059] - 666
B.E. (Information Technology) (Semester - I)
MODERN COMPILERS (Elective - I)
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2.30 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data wherever necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn whereever necessary.
Q1) a) Define callee-save and caller-save registers. How do the use of registers
save time for programming languages? [6]
b) Draw control-flow graph for the given code. Find the live ranges of a, b,c.
[6]
a =0
L 1 : b=a+1
c=c+b
a=b*2
if a <N goto L1
return c
c) Explain reference counting for garbage collection. Discuss the problems
with this technique using suitable example. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Describe tree operators for intermediate representation. [6]
b) Define Basic Block. What are the steps for converting a long sequence
of statements into basic blocks? [6]
c) Explain copying garbage collection with a neat diagram. Write Cheneys
algorithm and comment on its cost. [8]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Define inline expansion. Explain the rules for inline expansion. [6]
b) What is Closure? How it can be implemented using Heap-allocation?[6]
c) What is meant by private field in programming language? What are various
ways to support it in programming language? [6]
Q7) a) What are reasons for variable aliases? Explain variable aliases based on
type and based on flow. [8]
b) What is reaching expressions and available expressions? Explain with
suitable code. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain transformations using dataflow analysis using suitable examples.[8]
b) How to avoid repeated computation of dataflow information? [8]
mmm
[5059]-666 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2062
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059] - 667
B.E. (Information Technology) (Semseter - I)
PARALLEL ALGORITHMS AND DESIGN
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Ql or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q1O.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data wherever necessary.
4) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Write Bitonic merge sort algorithm. Explain the order of comparators
being used in a bitonic merge sort algorithm for n data values. [5]
b) What are the various performance measures of parallel algorithm? Discuss
with example. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Design the parallel algorithm to construct merging networks and use the
same for merge sort. [5]
b) What is PRAM model for parallel algorithms? What is the impact of
eliminating shared write from PRAM? [5]
Q3) a) Explain a sequential model of computation. Discuss its advantages and
disadvantages. [5]
b) What is the difference between data parallel computation and task parallel
computation? What is parallel efficiency? [5]
OR
Q4) a) Write a short note on any 2 with respect to parallel computational model:[8]
i) Perfect shuffle computers
ii) Tree model
iii) Pyramid model
iv) Fuly connected model
b) What is cost of Parallel algorithm? [2]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Implement a parallel computing structure for matrix multiplication using
mcc. [10]
b) Explain Conjugate Gradient Method-Parallel Algorithm. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Analyse Cube connected Transpose. Check algorithm for optimality.[10]
b) Explain vector matrix multiplication. Write a suitable example. [8]
Q7) a) What is Shortest Path method in parallel computing? Solve given problem
using Dijkstra method of parallel computing. [10]
mmm
[5059]-667 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2063
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059] - 668
B.E. (Information Technology)
CLOUD COMPUTING
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I)
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe in brief Operating System Security. [8]
b) Enlist & describe security risks posed by shared images. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss the top security concerns for cloud users. [8]
b) Discuss two ways of determining trust. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Describe methods to acquire user Inputs related to human centered design.[8]
b) Explain the following service architectural models : [10]
i) Multi tier client service model
ii) Service oriented computing model
mmm
[5059]-668 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2064
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059] - 669
B.E. (Information Technology)
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - II) (End Sem.)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Question Q.1 or Q. 2, Q. 3 or Q. 4, Q. 5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8, Q. 9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) What is OLAP? Explain the guidelines for implementation of OLAP. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What are facts? Explain additive, semi-additive and non-additive facts
with the help of example. [6]
Q3) a) Explain different types of schema used for data warehouse design. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the various types of Reports? Explain Ad-hoc reporting in
detail. [8]
b) What is data aggregation? Explain use of data aggregation. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the importance of security while creating Business Intelligence
reports. Explain different types of securities in reporting. [8]
b) What is materialized view and Snapshot materialized view? Explain with
proper example. [8]
Q7) a) Explain cluster analysis with real world example. Also list out its
applications. [8]
b) Compare and contrast In-DB and In-memory analytics. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is time-series analysis? Explain the ways to identify the patterns in
time-series data. [8]
b) Explain hierarchical clustering algorithm along with different methods to
calculate the distance between clusters. [8]
mmm
[5059]-669 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2065
[Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059] - 670
B.E. (I.T.)
SERVICE ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - I)
Q3) a) Explain correlation with respect to web services and contemporary SOA?[5]
b) Difference between abstract description and concrete description in detail[5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Eventing Framework related to web services [5]
b) What is service reusability and service contract? Explain how service
reusability interrelates with other service orientation principles? [5]
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain in brief the steps involved in service modeling process [8]
b) Explain set of guidelines for service modeling [8]
Q7) a) What are the overall goals of performing a service-oriented design. Explain
the steps for service oriented design process [8]
b) Discuss SOAP language basics. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is meant by service-oriented design? Discuss the WSDL language
basics. [6]
b) What are the considerations for choosing service layers & SOA
standards? Explain. [10]
Q9) a) Distinguish between application business service design and task centric
business service design. [10]
b) Explain the WS- BPEL process definition structure [8]
OR
Q10)Write short notes on: [18]
a) WS coordination
b) QOS Compliance in SOA governance
c) Benefits of SOA in Cloud Computing
mmm
[5059]-670 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059]-671
B.E. (Information Technology)
E & M GOVERNANCE (Elective - II)
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - I)
Q1) a) Compare the three approaches for analyzing the business effects of
e-Business and write down the pros and cons of each approach. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Imagine that you are the manager of a small e-bookshop. Describe what
e-business strategy you would prefer to compete with large competitors
like Amazon.com and Bol.com. Include the following terms : long term
planning, corporate objectives and environment. [6]
Q3) a) Describe the four key elements of the strategic planning process and
explain how they are interrelated. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) An insurance company wants to engage in a large BPR project in order to
dramatically increase its efficiency and to keep up with competition. Before
giving a go decision to the project, the board wants to have a good view on
the potential benefits. Their consultant presents Davenports framework of
how business processes can benefit from IT. For each of the possible effects
of IT on a business process, listed below, you are invited to give examples
and potential benefits : [10]
a) Transactional:
b) Geographical:
c) Automated:
d) Analytical:
e) Informational:
f) Sequential:
g) Knowledge management:
h) Tracking:
i) Disintermediation:
Q5) a) Pick a governance structure you have experience with (through work,
study etc.) Describe the following : [8]
OR
[5059]-671 2
Q7) a) Explain different types of mobile services in detail. [8]
OR
Q9) a) The mobile devices of the future will be more powerful, less heavy, and
comprise new interfaces to the user and to new networks. Describe the
special technologies used in m-commerce. [6]
c) What are various mobile commerce services for business? Explain. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Discuss the five major m-commerce applications, and provide a specific
example of how each application can benefit a business. [6]
c) What are various mobile commerce services for consumer? Explain. [8]
{{{
[5059]-671 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059]-672
B.E. (Information Technology)
GEO INFORMATICS SYSTEM (End Semester)
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
OR
Q3) a) Explain the comparison between Active sensor & passive sensor. [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain conversion of existing data. [8]
i) Location error
OR
Q7) a) Explain the comparison of raster & vector based data analysis. [8]
OR
Q9) a) Explain the components of ITS & its integration with GIS. [9]
OR
{{{
[5059]-672 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059]-673
B.E. (Information Technology)
NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - II) (End Semester)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Solve any 1 out of Q.1or Q.2 and any 1 out of Q.3 or Q.4 and
2) Solve any 1 out of Q.5 or Q.6 and any 1 out of Q.7 or Q.8 and any 1 out of Q.9
or Q.l0.
3) Draw neat diagrams and assume suitable data wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q3) a) Differentiate between the depth-first and breadth-first top down parsing[5]
b) Describe simple top-down parsing algorithm. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Describe augmented grammar use in natural language processing? [5]
b) Describe the Person and Number features used in natural language
processing. [5]
OR
OR
{{{
[5059]-673 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059]-674
B.E. (Information Technology)
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM (Semester - II)
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q1O.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
OR
Q3) a) What are web services? Explain SOAP and REST based Web Services
in a nutshell. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is Publish-Subscribe system of Communication? [4]
b) Explain RMI software with respect to: [6]
i) Proxy
ii) Dispatcher
iii) Skeleton
Q5) a) What are NTPs chief design aims and features? An NTP server B receives
server As message at 16:34:23.480 bearing a timestamp 16:34:13.430
and replies to it. A receives the message at 16:34:15.725, bearing Bs
timestamp 16:34:25.7. Estimate the offset between B and A and the
accuracy of the estimate. [9]
b) Explain the Chandy-Lamport snapshot algorithm for determining global
states of distributed systems. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Describe implementation of ordered multicast in a non-overlapping group.
[8]
b) What do you understand by logical time and logical clocks? Explain
Lamports contribution for it. [8]
b) How is a host protected from mobile code using Java sandbox? [9]
OR
{{{
[5059]-674 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059]-675
B.E. (Information Technology)
ADVANCED DATABASES
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:-
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q5) a) How stream data management system works? Explain its issues and
solutions. [8]
OR
i) Apache Flume NG
Q7) a) Which are the various text characterization methods? Explain any two of
them. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain recommender systems. Which are the problems associated with
it? [6]
[5059]-675 2
Q9) a) Write short note on : [8]
i) Multimedia Databases
OR
{{{
[5059]-675 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3080 [5059]-676
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Information Technology)
MOBILE COMPUTING
(2012 Course)(Elective-III)(End Sem.)(Semester-II) (414463A)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1or Q2,Q3or Q4,Q5or Q6,Q7or Q8, Q9or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd generation of network. [4]
b) Explain difference between Soft handoff and Hard Handoff [5]
OR
Q2) a) w.r.t. mobile computing Explain various aspects of mobility [4]
b) Draw and explain Mobile computing architecture. [5]
Q3) a) Which are different types of databases avilable in GSM architecture?
Explain their functionality. [5]
b) Explain with diagram Mobile-Originated Messaging and Mobile-
Terminated Messaging. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the following terms with their significance: MSISDN, IMSI,
MSRN, TMSI [5]
OR
Q6) a) Explain WAP Architecture with diagram. [9]
[5059]-676 1 P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain the significance of application to application messaging
architecture along with its limitations [9]
b) Draw and explain any 3 phases of mobile application development. [8]
OR
OR
Q10)a) Explain all features of Android OS in details [9]
tu tu tu
[5059]-676 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059]-677
B.E. (Information Technology)
ADVANCED GRAPHICS AND ANIMATION
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - III) (Semester - II)
Q1) a) What are the different Spline specification methods? Explain with
suitable diagram and examples. [5]
OR
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain Phongs illumination model in detail. [5]
OR
Q6) a) What is texture mapping? Explain any one texture mapping technique
with implementation in OpenGL. [8]
Q7) a) Explain briefly various real time animation techniques used in computer
assisted animation. [8]
b) Which are the different animation softwares? Explain any one animation
software in detail. [8]
OR
[5059]-677 2
Q9) a) Explain virtual environment. How virtual reality help in good interactive
design? [8]
OR
Q10) a) What is Virtual Reality Modeling Language? List and explain different
types of Virtual Reality? [8]
b) What is the need of Virtual Reality? Explain in detail with real life example.
[10]
{{{
[5059]-677 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 678
B.E. (Information Technology)
INFORMATION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - III)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) Why single pass algorithm is better than Rocchios Algorithm? Form the
document cluster of following document term matrix using single pass
clustering algorithm. Consider [10]
Membership Function: Sum of product
Centroid calculation Function: Average
Threshold = 11
Dl D2 D3 D4 D5
T1 1 1 0 1 1
T2 2 1 2 3 0
T3 3 0 1 0 1
T4 2 2 0 3 0
T5 2 2 1 2 1
OR
Q2) a) Explain working of suffix tree. Construct suffix tree for following
example. [6]
This is a text. A text has many words. Words are made from letters.
b) Write a short note on matching coefficients. [4]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Write a note on Ontology languages for semantic web. [5]
b) Write a note on cluster based retrieval. [5]
OR
Q4) Consider a reference collection and its set of example information request.
If q is the information request and a set [10]
Rq=(d3, d5, d9, d25, d39, d44, d50, d70, d80, dl20). Now consider new
retrieval algorithm has been designed and has been evaluated for information
request q returns, ranking of the documents in the answer set as.
1. d120 6. d9 11. d38
2. d84 7. d58 12. d48
3. d50 8. d129 13. d230
4. d6 9. d143 14. d113
5. d8 10. d25 15. d3
The documents that are relevant to the query q are underlined. Calculate
precision and recall for the documents that are relevant to the query q
OR
OR
[5059]-678 2
Q8) a) What are the challenges while searching the web? [12]
b) What is the role of crawler in web searching? Explain the strategies
used by web crawler. [6]
OR
Q10)a) Explain the concept of semantic web .How it is useful in web searching?
[8]
b) Explain in detail content based recommendation of documents. [8]
vvvv
[5059]-678 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 679
B.E. (Information Technology)
IT ENABLED SERVICES
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - III)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
OR
Q3) a) Describe three questions that can be asked for Strategic Business
Planning stating proper example. [6]
b) Describe Project Management Organization at various stages of
maturity. [6]
OR
OR
Q6) a) Enlist different measures for quick restoration from failure of critical
business processes. [8]
b) Write short note on Insourcing. [8]
OR
[5059]-679 2
Q9) a) Explain Barriers to trade in ITES and explain role of WTO &
UNCTAD in ITES. [9]
b) Discuss current employment in IT/ITES industry. [9]
OR
vvvv
[5059]-679 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 680
B.E. (Information Technology)
ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - III)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume Suitable data jf necessary.
OR
OR
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What are different strategies to avoid congestion? Explain any one in
detail. [10]
b) Define QoS? How RSVP supports to improve the overall QoS of
network? [8]
OR
OR
vvvv
[5059]-680 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 681
B.E. (Information Technology)
BIOINFORMATICS
(2012 Pattern) (End Semester) (Elective - IV)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
OR
Q3) a) Compare visualization tools and classify them with examples. [5]
b) Explain how statistical analysis can be helpful in reducing variability.
[5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain microarray and spotting with the help of process flow diagram
for microarray analysis. [5]
b) Explain clustering of gene expression data. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain Sequence alignment. What is a Scoring matrices? [8]
b) Describe data mining methods and their usefulness with the help of a
neat diagram. [8]
OR
OR
OR
vvvv
[5059]-681 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2165 [5059]-682
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(IT)
REAL TIME& EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
(2012 Course)(Elective-IV)( End Semester) (414464B)
Time :3 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2,Q3 or Q4,Q5 or Q6 , Q7 or Q8,Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) List the challenges of design and development of embedded system and
discuss relevant toolset, technology to meet them. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is embedded system? How it is different from other systems?
Explain with examples. [6]
b) Explain I2C bus architecture and its operation in detail. How many devices
can be connected on I2C bus? [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain exception handling process in ARM processors. What are
exception vectors in ARM discuss in brief. [6]
i) ID Filtering
ii) Error handling
[5059]-682 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Use Cyclic scheduler for scheduling a periodic task set of T1(4,1),
T2(5,1,8), T3(20,1), T4(20,2). Find utilization and hyper period and give
possible schedule for the same. Comment on whether schedule produced
is feasible. [10]
b) What are the assumptions for priority driven scheduling of periodic tasks?
Explain weighted round robin scheduling algorithm. What are the
advantages over simple round robin scheduler? [8]
OR
Q6) a) Use EDF scheduler for scheduling a periodic task set of T1 (1, 3, 3)&
T2(4, 6, 6). Perform schedulability check & comment on whether given
task set is schedulable& schedule produced is feasible. [10]
Q9) a) What is Real Time Operating system? Explain features & characteristics
of Real Time Operating System(RTOS). [8]
tu tu tu
[5059]-682 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[5059] - 683
B.E. (Information Technology)
GREEN IT - PRINCIPAL AND PRACTICES
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - IV) (Semester - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) What are P and C states of processor? How does processor C-states
save energy? [7]
b) What key IT infrastructure is used in Data Centers. [7]
OR
Q2) a) How server farm and server virtualization helps in saving energy. [7]
b) Explain the life cycle of an electronic device. Also based on your view
discuss the environmental impact of each stage. [7]
Q3) a) How storage virtualization and cloud storage help in saving energy.[6]
b) What are the major elements of the value chain within an organization,
and how does closing the loop relate to the value chain? [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) of a product? Explain the four
stages of LCA. [7]
b) Explain the hierarchy of sustainability models. What is the role of
sustainability frameworks, Principles and tools? [7]
OR
Q7) a) What are the driving factors for the development of green and
sustainable IT? [7]
b) What are the pros and cons of green practices within an organization.
[7]
OR
Q8) a) How a green organization can compel its suppliers and agents to adopt
green practices [7]
b) What are the sustainability dimensions of information technology?
Explain any four dimensions. [7]
Q9) a) How an organization can formulate, implement and manage its green
practices. [7]
b) In what way Industry Associations and Standards Bodies impact
enterprise greening. [7]
OR
Q10)a) What are some of the highest risks when implementing green IT project
and how they can be mitigated? [7]
b) How greening an enterprise boosts return on investments. [7]
vvvv
[5059]-683 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q5) a) What is an Email MIME? Explain how MIME headers play a role in
Email management in a Contact Center. [8]
b) What are the features and functions of an Inbound Contact Center
application? [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain in brief the functionalities of PABX, ACD, Self Service and CTI
in an Inbound Call Center. [8]
b) What are agent states? Explain typical states of a contact center agent.
[8]
OR
c) STUN protocol.
OR
a) TURN protocol.
b) WEBRTC.
ZZZ
[5059]-685 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
P2166 [5059]-691
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Instrumentaion& control)
PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION-I
(2012 Course)(End-Semester) (406261)
Time :2Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2,Q3 or Q4,Q5 or Q6 , Q7 or Q8,Q9 or Q10,Q.11 or Q.12.
2) Figures to the right indicat full marks.
3) Neat diagrams should be drawn where ever necessary.
4) Use of electronic pocket calcualtor is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) Explain SLPC & MLPC features faceplate & functions [7]
OR
Q4) Explain- [7]
b) process gain
e) Transmitler gain
g) Valve gain
[5059]-691 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain elements of feedback loop [6]
b) Explain factors in controllce tuning
OR
b) Find gain coefficient for PID controller for following FOPDT model
1.2 e40.1s
where Gp (s ) = 1375 + 1
( )
Q7) Explain cascade control system w.r.t. Basic principles, design criteria, controller
Algorithm & Tuning issues. [16]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Ratio control system with on example [8]
Q9) a) Explain tqultivariable control system. Explain Interaction & its effects.[9]
OR
OR
tu tu tu
[5059]-691 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3081 [5059]-692
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q1) What are the various types of organization structures, Explain in detail? Draw
an organizational structure for manufacturing firm. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Explain interaction between Electrical, mechanical & safety departments
with instrumentation department. [6]
b) Enlist the skills required for Project Manager. [4]
Q4) a) Define Optimistic Time, Most Likely Time, Pessimistic Time, Expected
time the following w.r.t. PERT. [4]
Q5) a) Explain Kick-off meeting and state its importance in relation with Project
Engineering. [6]
b) Define Project statement & P&T diagram. Also give its importance.[10]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain Cable identification schemes, Cable trays. [6]
b) What is FAT, CAT, SAT? Write the importance of the same. Also prepare
CAT report for any typical instrumentation item. [10]
Q7) a) Give Hazardous area classifications & elaborate its effect on design.[10]
Q8) a) Explain Tendering and bidding process in detail. What is the need of Bid
evaluation? Explain. [9]
b) Explain Project Estimation, Project Planning, Project Commissioning,
Project Hardware w.r.t. Instrumentation & Control, [7]
a) MBOM
c) Ergonomic considerations
OR
O O O
[5059]-692 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Discuss different advantages of Digital control over Analog control. [6]
z 2 ( z a)
F( z )
( z 1)( z b)( z c)
OR
Q2) a) Find the equivalent sampled impulse response sequence and the equivalent
z-transfer function for the cascade of the two analog systems with sampled
input. [6]
1 10
H1 (s) = and H 2 (s) =
s6 s 1
P.T.O.
Q3) State the equations of velocity and position form of digital PID controller.
Explain the advantages of velocity form. [10]
OR
Q4) Determine stability of system shown with below closed loop transfer function.
Y( z ) z 3
Use Jurys stability test. . [10]
X( z ) 1 0.5 z 1 1.34 z 2 0.24 z 3
Q5) a) Obtain state transition matrix \ (k ) for following discrete time system
using Cayley-Hamilton theorem. [8]
4 3 x1 (k )
x (k 1)
6 5 x2 (k )
x1 (k 1) 1 0 0 x1 (k ) 1 x1 (k )
x (k 1) 0 2 0 x (k ) 1 u (k ) and y (k ) [1 2 1] x (k ) u (k )
2 2 2
x3 (k 1) 0 0 3 x3 (k ) 1 x3 (k )
OR
Q6) a) Find Eigen Values and Eigen vectors for following state matrix. [10]
0 0 1
G = 2 0 0
8 2 5
Y(z) 3 z 1 3 z 2
U( z ) 1 1 z 1 2 z 2 .
3 3
[5059]-693 2
Q7) a) A discrete time regulator system has the plant [12]
0 1 0 0
x (k 1) 0 0 1 x (k ) 0 u (k ) Design a state feedback
4 2 1 1
1 1
controller which will place the closed loop poles at r j ,0 .
2 2
OR
1 1 0
x (k 1) x(k ) u (k )and
1 2 1
0 0 1 0
x (k 1) 2 3 0 x(k ) 2 u (k )and y (k ) [1 0 0] x(k ) .
0 2 3 0
OR
[5059]-693 3
Q10) Consider following discrete time control system defined by [16]
0 0 1 1
x (k 1) x ( k ) 0 u ( k )and x (0) 1 .
1 1
Determine the optimal control law to minimize the performance index. Also
determine minimum value of J.
1 f *
J = x (k )Qx(k ) u* (k )Ru (k )
2k 0
1 0
Q= , R =1 .
0 0
ZZZ
[5059]-693 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
OR
Q2) a) Explain the in vivo type pulse oximeter with the help of suitable diagram.
[6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain M mode of ultrasound with any one application of it. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is electrosurgical diathermy? What do you mean by bipolar and
unipolar modes of ESU? Explain, why patient plate is having more area
active electrode is pointed tip type in ESU. [8]
b) Draw and explain the Heart-Lung Machine. State the type of Pump that
is used in Heart-Lung Machine. [8]
OR
Q7) a) What is an endoscope? Explain the construction with the help of a neat
diagram. [8]
b) Explain thermal and non thermal interaction of tissue with LASER. [8]
OR
Q9) a) Explain in brief various types of dialysers used for haemodialysis. [10]
OR
ZZZ
[5059]-694 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain the architecture of Intelligent Building with neat sketch. [6]
b) Define the following term: [4]
i) Gauge Pressure.
ii) Vacuum Pressure.
iii) Absolute Pressure.
iv) Sealed Pressure.
OR
Q2) a) Explain working principle of Psychrometer with neat sketch. [6]
b) Difference between Facilities Management and Intelligent building. [4]
Q3) a) List various types of AHU explain any one types of AHU with neat
sketch. [6]
b) Write a short notes on Turbine flow meter. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Heat Recovery Technique with neat sketch. [6]
b) Write a short notes on Parallel blade damper. [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain single duct constant volume single zone air conditioning system
with neat sketch. [10]
OR
Q6) a) What is Vapour Compression Cycle? Explain any one type of condenser
used in Vapour Compression cycle with neat sketch. [10]
b) Difference between series fan powered and parallel fan powered. [8]
OR
Q8) a) List Different Types of Boiler, Explain water tube boiler with neat sketch.
[8]
Q9) a) What is BAS System, State different Hierarchy level in BAS System
with neat sketch. [8]
OR
ZZZ
[5059]-695 2
Total No. of Questions :10] SEAT No. :
P3775 [5059]-696
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E. (Instrumentation)
ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM
(2012 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-I)
Q1) What is describing function? State steps to find describing function. Find
same for backlash. [10]
OR
Q2) What is phase plane plot? How stability of system can be obtain form phase
plane plot. [10]
( ) x
as the describing function for its NL part where x is sinusoidal input to the
NL element, find the amplitude and frequency of the possible periodic solution.
[5059]-696 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain self tuning regulator. [8]
b) Fit the second order polynomial using least square method for following
data. [8]
i 1 2 3 4 5 6
X 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
Y 0 0.25 1.0 2.25 4.0 6.25
j= ( x Qx + u )dt
T 2
T T T
[5059]-696 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
OR
OR
Q4) a) Enlist different techniques used for sensor fabrication. Explain any one.
[5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) List different chemical sensing mechanisms. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Give different types of gas sensors. Explain any one in detail. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain signal conditioning and signal conversion in smart sensors. [8]
OR
Q10) a) Explain application of fiber optic sensor with neat sketch. [9]
ZZZ
[5059]-697 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2167 [5059]-698
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q5) a) Explain Welch method of PSD estimation State its features. [10]
Q7) a) Derive the filter updating relation for adaptive filter using LMS algorithm.
[10]
[5059]-698 1 P.T.O.
Q8) a) Define cepstral coefficients. State properties of complex spectrum.[10]
b) Explain homomorphic signal processing with suitable example. [8]
OR
Q10)Explain various status registers in DSP processors. [16]
tu tu tu
[5059]-698 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2168 [5059]-699 [Total No. of Pages : 2
OR
Q2) a) Explain the frequency stabilization and mode-locking techniques in lasers [7]
b) Define total internal reflection and Brewsters angle in optical fibers with
neat diagram. [3]
Q3) a) Determine the critical angle and Brewsters angle for a optical fiber
having refractive indices of core and cladding regions as 1.5 and1.49
respectively. [4]
b) Explain the types of optical fiber connectors in detail. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Determine the numerical aperture and acceptance angle for a optical fiber
having refractive indices of core and cladding regions as 1.5 and 1.49
respectively. [4]
b) What are the requirements of optical detectors in fiber optics [6]
[5059]-699 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the types of optical amplifier? Explain the semiconductor optical
amplifier in detail. [8]
b) Explain the simple strip phase modulator and Y-junction interferometric
modulator with the help of neat diagram. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What are the basic requirements of the fiber and waveguide amplifiers?
Explain various configurations of optical amplifiers. [8]
b) Explain the following components of integrated optics with neat diagram:
1) Beam splitter
2) Directional coupler [8]
Q7) a) What are the advantages of optical fiber sensors? Explain the basic optical
fiber sensor system with the help of neat schematic. [8]
b) Explain the design of two-fiber optical seonsr for displacement
measurment the help of neat diagram. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the wavelength- modulated optical fiber sensor with the help of
neat schematic. [8]
b) List out the applications of optical fiber sensors. Classify the optical
fiber sensors based on sensing region and modulation mechanism. [8]
v v v
[5059]-699 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain the role of instrumentation & control for environment. [5]
OR
b) Discuss water quality standards for raw and treated water. [5]
OR
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Define flow monitoring system. Explain open channel waste water flow
measurement system. [8]
Q7) a) Define air pollution. Explain air pollution from thermal power plant and
their characteristic. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain the Instrumentation set up for waste water treatment
plant. And list out the Latest methods of waste water treatment plants.
[10]
Q9) a) Explain the necessity of Rain water harvesting. List the methods of same.
[8]
OR
b) Barometer.
ZZZ
[5059]-700 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2169 [5059]-701 [Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.
Instrumentation & Control Engineering
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
( 2012 Pattern) ( End Semester) (406265 C)
OR
Q2) a) Explain how robots are classified. [6]
b) Which challenges robot manipulators faces? [4]
OR
Q4) a) Enlist different materials used for manipulators. [4]
b) Explain image segmentation. [6]
[5059]-701 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain present industrial robot control schemes. [9]
b) Explain position and force control schemes for robots. [9]
Q7) a) How is programming done for robots? Which different languages were
used? [10]
b) Which problems might occur in programming of robots, explain. [6]
OR
Q8) Explain in detail with example: control of industrial robots using PLCS is
achieved. [16]
OR
Q10)a) Explain points to be considered while selecting a robot. [8]
b) How robot cell design is achieved? [8]
v v v
[5059]-701 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain pulse code modulation and delta modulation with suitable
diagrams. [7]
OR
b) Explain the MAC protocols and its control layers in details. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the contension free and contension based medium access protocol
in detail. [7]
OR
ZZZ
[5059]-702 2
Total No. of Questions :10]
SEAT No. :
P3082 [Total No. of Pages :2
[5059]-704
B.E.(Instrumentation & Control)
PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION -II
(2012 Pattern) (Semester-II) (406267)
Q1) What are the objectives of developing process models? Explain in brief
dynamic behaviour of first order system. [10]
OR
Q2) Explain with neat sketch override control of Heat Exchanger. [10]
Q3) List components of boiler. Explain in brief safety interlocks in boilers. [10]
OR
Q4) Discuss in brief optimization of boilers. [10]
Q5) a) Explain with neat sketch end point detection control of batch reactors.[10]
OR
Q7) a) With neat sketch explain reflux control in distillation operation. [8]
T T T
[5059]-704 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
Q3) With respect to OSI model compare HART and foundation fieldbus protocols.
[7]
OR
Q5) Develop ladder diagram for mixing of two liquids as per given sequence: [7]
When the start push button is pressed, the inlet valve A switches ON till the
middle level sensor has not sensed the liquid. When middle level is sensed
inlet valve B switches ON till the high level sensor has not sensed the liquid.
Then the motor spins the stirrer for 10 seconds for mixing of both the liquids.
After this drain valve switches ON and remains on till the low level is not
reached.
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) Explain the PID block used in PLC system. [7]
Q7) a) Explain in detail about structured text and functional block diagram of
PLC programming. [8]
b) Explain the procedure for interfacing a PLC with SCADA system using
different communication protocols. [8]
OR
Q8) a) With an example explain the role of PLC in a SCADA system. [8]
b) With some suitable example explain the Sequential function chart. [8]
Q9) a) Explain the need of security and user access management in a DCS
system. [8]
OR
Q11) a) With the help of block diagram explain ESD Systems. [8]
OR
ZZZ
[5059]-705 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Explain difference between RGB and CMY color image models. [6]
b) Explain multi resolution property of wavelet transform. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain spatial filtering in image enhancement. [6]
b) Explain Radon transform. [4]
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain image regional descriptors. [10]
OR
OR
a) Biometrics.
b) Agricultural.
c) Military.
d) Biomedical.
ZZZ
[5059]-706 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P.T.O
OR
Q6) a) Explain basics of fire suppression system. Explain fire hydrants. [10]
b) What is FM-200? Explain Novec based gas suppression system. [8]
Q7) a) What are the components of access control systems? Explain various
categories of access control. [8]
b) Explain LON and Modbus protocols for access control system. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is the need of access control system? Explain basic components
of access control system. [8]
b) Explain difference between straight cable and cross cable. [8]
]]]
[5059]-707 -2-
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3083 [5059]-708 [Total No. of Pages : 2
OR
OR
[5059]-708 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Calculate the RGA for the system represented by transfer function
matrix [10]
2.2 s
3e 0.51e1.3s 0.419e s
5.5 s + 1 11 s + 1 12.8 s + 1
y1 3.5 s 2.5 s
u
2.2 s 1
y = 8.17e 4.5e 0.118e
2 37.5s + 1 u2
13s + 1 18.9 s + 1
y3 u
41.18e 13.6 s
36.6e 12.5 s
1.27e1.5 s 3
5.5s + 1 10.6s + 1 4.8s + 1
b) With an example explain multivariable Nyquist plot. [8]
Q7) a) With an example explain how to compute Internal Rate of Return. [8]
b) With an example explain classification of optimization problem based on
nature of design variables. [8]
OR
Q8) a) With an example explain the how to compute payback period. [8]
b) With an example explain classification of optimization problem based on
Number of objective functions. [8]
Q9) a) With an example explain the scanning and bracketing procedures. [8]
b) With an example explain the Simplex method. [8]
OR
P P P
[5059]-708 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3084 [5059]-709 [Total No. of Pages : 2
Q1) a) With an example explain block diagram and architecture of a virtual and
con-ventional Instruments. [5]
b) Explain the difference between flat and stack sequence structures. [5]
OR
Q3) a) With an example explain the local and global variables. [5]
b) With an example explain the issues related in selection of Data acquisition
cards. [5]
OR
Q4) a) With an example explain data acquisition with USB communication using
Lab-VIEW [5]
b) What are advantage of USB cards PCI cards? [5]
Q5) a) List and explain various blocks used in developing VI to obtain power
spectrum of signals. [8]
b) List and explain various blocks used in developing VI for digital
oscilloscope. [8]
OR
[5059]-709 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) With an example explain the various PID function blocks. [8]
b) List and explain various windowing function blocks used in Lab VIEW. [8]
Q7) a) With an example explain the various function blocks used in optimization
toolset. [8]
b) Write an example explain concept of hybrid programming. [8]
OR
Q8) a) With an example explain the use of elementary and special functions in
Lab-VIEW. [8]
b) Write an example explain concept of hybrid programming. [8]
OR
P P P
[5059]-709 2
Total No. of Questions :10]
SEAT No. :
P3085 [Total No. of Pages :2
[5059]-711
B.E.(Instrumentation & Control)
SMART MATERIALS AND SYSTEM
(2012 Course) (End sem.) (Semester-II) (Elective-IV) (406270 A)
Q1) a) List out the name of different smart material and its application. [5]
OR
Q2) a) What are different steps involved in development of smart materials.[5]
Q3) a) Explain in detail what is piezoelectricity & give its scope. [5]
b) What is Electro Rheological fluids and list out its applications. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What is self-healing material & how it works. [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain with neat sketch principle of Electromagnetic transducers. [8]
Q8) a) Explain with neat sketch chemical vapor deposition technique. [8]
b) Explain with neat sketch any sensor used as impact sensor. [9]
OR
Q10 a) Explain with neat sketch the important component of dosing system.[9]
b) Explain in detail any two fabrication process used in lab on chip system.[9]
T T T
[5059]-711 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
OR
OR
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Explain selection criteria for pump in detail. Explain installation of pump.[8]
OR
OR
]]]
[5059]-712 -2-
Total No. of Questions :10]
SEAT No. :
P3086 [Total No. of Pages :2
[5059]-714
B.E.(Instrumentation & Control Engineering)
AUTOMOBILE INSTRUMENTATION
(2012 Course) (End-Semester) (Sememster-II) (Elective-IV)
OR
Q6) Write short note on air mass flow for engine application. [17]
P.T.O.
Q7) Write short notes on : [16]
a) LED lighting system
b) Compensated voltage regulator.
OR
Q8) Explain in detail the ventilation and air conditioning systems used in automobiles.[16]
OR
Q9) Explain horn, wiper system and trafficator used in automobiles: [17]
OR
Q10) Write short notes: [17]
a) Automatic seat belt tightener system.
T T T
[5059]-714 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Y (s) 1
G ( s) 2
X (s) s s 1
Introduce a step change of magnitude 5 into the system and find percent
overshoot, decay ratio and ultimate value of Y(t).
OR
Q2) a) With the help of a neat sketch explain the proportional, derivative and
integral modes of a PID controller. [5]
b) Find the transfer function Y (s)/X(s) of the system shown below: [5]
P.T.O
Q3) a) Write a short note on ISE, IAE and ITAE. [5]
ii) Determine the value of K for which two of the roots are on the
imaginary axis and determine the values of these imaginary roots.
OR
Q4) Sketch the root locus for the following transfer function [10]
K
G ( s)
s 1
s 2
s 3
10 1
Gp (s) Gc (s) 101 Gm (s) 0.95 G f (s) 1
s2 0.1s
OR
Q6) a) Explain gain margin and phase margin. [6]
b) Using Bode stability criterion, find whether the following open loop
transfer function is stable. [12]
5e5 s
GOL
2s 1
s 1
[5059]-721 -2-
Q8) Disucss in detail with a neat sketch of the following : [16]
a) Split range control of chemical reactor.
b) Override control to protect a boiler system.
]]]
[5059]-721 -3-
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Ks = 2 cm/s
De = 0.08cm2/s.
b) Explain the film conversion parameter used in fluid reaction. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Derive the time and conversion relation for chemical reaction control for
spherical shrinking core particle. [6]
b) Explain kinetic regimes in case of instantaneous reaction. [4]
Q3) a) Give the major steps involved in the preparation of the catalyst. [6]
b) Explain the pore volume and solid density in detail. [4]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Explain regeneration of catalysts. [4]
b) Derive the equation of Lagmuier adsorption isotherm. [6]
Q5) a) What is Thiele modulus? Give the significance of Thiele modulus in pore
resistance. [8]
b) Derive the expression for diffusion in single cylindrical pore of the catalyst.
[10]
OR
Q6) a) Derive the effectiveness factor of cylindrical pallet. [9]
b) Explain the selectivity of porous catalyst in parallel reaction with strong
pore resistance and negligible pore resistance. [9]
i) A (q) +X U AX
ii) AX+B(q) U CX
iii) CX U C (q) +X
[5059]-722 -2-
Q9) a) Explain in detail design of fluidized bed reactor . [10]
b) Give the features of M-M Kinetics. [6]
OR
Q10)a) Derive the M-M kinetic equation. [8]
b) Explain the staged adiabatic reactor in detail. [8]
]]]
[5059]-722 -3-
Total No. of Questions :10]
SEAT No. :
P2170 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5059]-723
B.E. ( Chemical)
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN-II
(2012Pattern) (409343) (End -Semester) (Semester-I)
Q1) a) What is the O Conells correlation? Using O Conells method, find the
overall column efficiency for the following system. [5]
Component Mole Fraction Viscosity mNs/m 2
b) Explain the Procedure for downcomer design. Give the relevant equations.[5]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss the plate design parameters. [5]
b) What are the important considerations for choice between plate and
packed columns. [5]
Q3) a) Find the column diameter for a packed column operating at 20oC and
atmospheric pressure, if mGm/Lm=0.8,gas flow rate is 1.39 kg/s, mol.
Wt. of gas 29, slope of the equilibrium line 27.4, Fp=170 m-1,density of
liquid =1000 kg/m3,viscosity of solvent =10-3 Ns/m2,K4 = 0.35, K4 at
flooding = 0.8. [6]
P.T.O.
b) What is the function of distributor and re-distributor in a packed column?[4]
OR
Q4) a) What are the considerations for condensate piping design? [4]
b) What are the fluid dynamic parameters considered for pipe line design?
Explain any one in detail. [6]
Q5) a) How is the total pressure drop calculated when a pipeline consists of a
valve,an elbow and a reducer? [6]
b) What are the considerations for selection of appropriate piping material?[6]
c) Give the classification of gaskets. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What are the difficulties faced when hydrates are formed in a natural gas
pipeline? [6]
b) A liquid is flowing through a pipeline with 25 mm I.D for a distance of
2.5 km.The pressure drop = 12m of water. Density of liquid = 1100 kg/
m3, viscosity of liquid=1.1 mNs/m2. Estimate the flow rate of liquid
through the pipeline. [8]
c) What are the important features to be considered if a pipeline is to be lain
underground? [4]
Q7) a) What are the disadvantages if the water used in boilers is not treated?[6]
b) What is the need for treating water for use in a boiler? [6]
c) What are the considerations for selecting material for pipes carrying
corrosive fluids? [4]
OR
Q8) a) Does the source of water affect the method of water treatment adopted?[5]
b) Write a note on boiler mountings and accessories. [7]
c) Whta are thermic fluids? [4]
Q9) a) What are hazards? Explain in detail. [8]
b) Write about the importance of regular maintenance. [8]
OR
Q10)a) What are the various types of plant maintenance? [10]
b) Write a note on chemical hazards. [6]
T T T
[5059]-723 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2171 [5059]-724 [Total No. of Pages : 1
B.E. (Chemical)
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
( 2012 Course) ( End Semester ) (Elective- I) (409344 A )
Q7) Discuss th Activated Sludge Process in detail with neat figure and its
working. [18]
OR
Q8) Explain the Trickling Filter Process in detail with neat figure and its working.[18]
Q9) Explain adsorption process for the removal of Heavy Metals. [16]
OR
Q10) Write Short notes on. [16]
a) Composting
b) Incineration
v v v
[5059]-724 1
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
b) What are the types of polymeric materials used for membrane separation
explain with structures. [5]
OR
Q2) a) What are the benefits and drawbacks of membrane processes over
conventional separation processes? [5]
OR
b) Derive Ferry Rankin equation for transport through surface filters. [5]
P.T.O
Q5) a) Explain gel layer model. [10]
OR
b) What are the different applications of MF? Explain any one in detail with
neat flow sheet. [8]
OR
OR
]]]
[5059]-725 -2-
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2
P2092
[5059] - 726
B.E. (Chemical)
CORROSION ENGINEERING
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - I)
Time : 2.5 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q. No. 1 or 2, Q. No. 3 or 4, Q. No. 5 or 6, Q. No. 7 or 8. Q, No. 9 or 10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide ruler, Mollier Charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Define the term corrosion and differentiate it from erosion. [5]
OR
Q3) a) Explain the important factors that influence the corrosion of metals?[5]
b) Mention the theories of corrosion and explain any one of them. [5]
OR
b) What are the differences between EMF and Galvanic Series. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) How does the corrosion product influence further corrosion. [8]
b) What are the factors that influence corrosion rate. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain electrochemical theory of corrosion with suitable example.[8]
b) Explain the control of corrosion by the use of sacrificial anode. [8]
eee
[5059] - 726 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2
P2093
[5059] - 727
B.E. (Chemical Engineering) (Semester - VII)
PETROLEUM REFINING
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - I)
Time : 2.5 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8. Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) What are different types of crude oils? Give specifications of Indian
crude oil. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Define and briefly explain various properties of specific types of crude
oil. [5]
Q3) a) With the help of diagram explain atmospheric crude oil distillation
unit. [5]
b) What are the products of crude oil refininng? Explain their uses. [5]
OR
eee
[5059] - 727 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2172 [5059]-728 [Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL PROCESS SYNTHESIS
( 2012 Course) (End Semester ) (Semester-I) (Elective-II)
[5059]-728 1 P.T.O.
Calculate the conversion, selectivity and reactor yield with respect to
a) Tolune feed
b) Hydrogen feed [10]
Q3) a) Explain the Rotary Vacuum filter with neat sketch. [5]
b) Explain Spray dryer with neat sketch. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Write note on absorption for the separation of low molar mass
materials. [5]
b) Draw three possible arrangements for a three stage evaporator. [5]
Q5) Explain with sketches the concept of heat integration of sequences of simple
distillation column. [16]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss thermal coupling for direct and indirect distillation sequencing.[8]
b) Explain distillation sequencing using optimization of a super structure.[8]
Q7) a) Explain heat recovery problem with one hot and one cold stream with
suitable example. [8]
b) What are threshold problems. [8]
OR
v v v
[5059]-728 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3087 [5059]-729
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E.(Chemical)(New)
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
(2012 Pattern)(End Semester)(Semester-I)(Elective-II)(409345B)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Attempt Q1 or Q2,Q3 or Q4,Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
[5059]-729 1 P.T.O.
Q7) Elaborate on Six Sigma concept, Enlist its requirements and advantages.[16]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following [8]
i) Adding resources to the model,
ii) Resource management &crashing.
b) Elaborate a case study of a project involving various resources, timeline
& costs [8]
Q9) Explain in detail marketing and marketing management. What is the various
marketing research for new product marketing. [18]
OR
Q10)Explain the following (Any three): [18]
a) Channel of Distribution
b) Promotion and pricing
c) Integrated marketing communications
d) Product and brand management.
tu tu tu
[5059]-729 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3776 [5059]-730
[Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E. (Chemical)
PIPING DESIGN AND ENGINEERING
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - I) (End Sem.) (Elective - II) (409345)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2. Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q1) For a pipe network shown in figure. Determine the flow in each pipe. The
value of n may be assumed as 2.0. [10]
OR
Q2) List out the major standards providing engineering bodies in piping. Explain
most commonly used piping components and their dimensional standards.[10]
Q3) Explain Gasket selection criterion, properties of gasket, and different types of
gaskets used in Industry with suitable example. [10]
OR
Q4) What are the steps followed during sizing of control valve. [10]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Water at 15 C flows through a 25 cm diameter riveted steel pipe of
length 450 m and roughness = 3.2 mm. The head loss is known to be
7.30 m. Find the volumetric flow rate of water in the pipe. [8]
b) Find the head loss due to the flow of 2,500 gpm of oil ( = 1.15 104
ft2/s) through 1,600 feet of 8'' diameter cast iron pipe. If the density of
the oil = 1.75 kg/ft3. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain NPSHA and NPSHR. [8]
b) Explain the pressure loss in slurry pipeline with heterogeneous pipe
flow. [8]
Q9) a) What are factors considered when the designer is locating equipment in
the plot plan? [8]
b) Explain the concept of PFD, P & ID and utility diagram. [10]
OR
Q10)Write short note on: [18]
a) Piping Isometrics.
b) Equipment layout.
c) Pipe Rack.
E E E
[5059]-730 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2
P2094
[5059] - 731
B.E. (Chemical)
ADVANCED SEPARATION PROCESSES
(2012 Pattern) (End Semester)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer QNo. 1 or QNo. 2, QNo.3 or QNo.4, QNo.5 or QNo. 6, QNo.7 or
QNo.8, QNo.9 or QNo. 10
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier Charts, Electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) Explain the concept of K values and its application in design of
multicomponent distillation column. [10]
OR
Q2) Explain the working principles of Azeotropic and extractive distillation
process in detail. [10]
Q5) a) Explain the mechanism of electro dialysis and its applications in detail.
[8]
b) Explain membrane fouling in RO process. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail 'Pervaporation'. [8]
b) Explain the details of mass transfer in pervaporation process. [8]
P.T.O.
Q7) Explain 'Temperature swing adsorption' and 'pressure swing adsorption' in
detail with neat diagram. [16]
OR
Q8) a) Give the industrial applications of chromatography. [8]
b) Explain in detail 'liquid chromatography. [8]
eee
[5059] - 731 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2173 [5059]-732 [Total No. of Pages : 1
B.E. Chemical
PROCESS MODELING AND SIMULATION
( 2012 Course) ( End Semester ) ( Semester-II )
Q1) Explain the application of mathematical modeling and its scope of coverage.[10]
OR
Q2) What is the difference between the steady state system & unsteady state
system? Explain with examples. [10]
Q3) Derive model for Flow through Packed bed column. [10]
OR
Q4) Derive the model for double pipe heat exchanger. [10]
Q9) What is process simulation? Write approaches for simulation. Explain each
with suitable example. [16]
OR
Q10) a) What are the limitations of mathematical models? [16]
b) Explain the simulation scheme for effluent treatment palnt .
v 1v v
[5059]-732
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2174 [5059]-733 [Total No. of Pages : 2
Q1) Explain the necessity of pilot plant data requirement even laboratory data is
available. [10]
OR
Q2) Explain the importance of following factors considered for plant design: [10]
a) Material of Construction
b) Equipment design & Specification
c) Safety factor
Q3) A batch reactor was procured at Rs.80,000 with a service life of 10 years. Its
salvage value is estimated to be Rs.7000. Evuluate the reactors value of the
equipment at the end of its service life of five years using. [10]
a) Straight line method
b) Textbook declining - balance method
c) Double declining method ( 200 %)
Declining balances method using a fixed % factor giving a depreciation tare
Equivalent to twice the minimum rate with the (SLM).
OR
Q4) Explain the factors used for selection of process. [10]
[5059]-733 1 P.T.O.
Q5) Explain various factors considered for plant location. [18]
OR
Q6) Determine expected time & variances for each activity in network shown
below: [18]
Q7) Draw & explain the layouts & name of the parts. [18]
OR
Q8) Find the values of X,Y,Z that minimize the function X+2Y+Z subjected to the
Constraint that X+Y+Z=1, making use of the Lagrangian multipliers. [18]
Q9) Explain step wise procedure for the role of project engineer. [14]
OR
Q10)State differences between CPM & PERT with suitable examples. [14]
v v v
[5059]-733 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2175 [5059]-734 [Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E. (Chemical)
ENERGY CONSERVATION IN CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES
( 2012 Course) (End Semester ) (Semester II)(409351 A)
Q1) Explain the power generation by wind and Geothermal energy. [10]
OR
Q2) Explain the benefit of energy efficiency towards industry, nation & globe.[10]
Q3) Define Energy Management & State its objectives, Explain the principles of
energy management. [10]
OR
Q4) Define energy audit as per the energy conservation Act 2001. Explain detailed
energy audit mathodology. [10]
Q5) Discuss the importance of nuclear option for power generation in India? [10]
OR
Q6) Enlist the ideas for improvement of a Boiler efficiency? [10]
Q7) a) Write in deatails waste heat utilization for energy conservation in process
industries. Give suitable examples. [10]
b) Enlist activites for promoting energy conservation in present status.[10]
OR
Q8) a) Enlist the checklist for energy conservation in lighting system. [10]
b) How and where the energy losses can be minimized in a Mixing Vessel. [10]
1 P.T.O
[5059]-734
Q9) a) Draw the sketch of heat pump and explain its principle and working.[10]
b) Explain the model role of equipment manufacturer in the development
and future prospects for a process industries. [10]
OR
Q10)a) Explain waste minimization and its classification, housekeeping, process
change, recycling, product modification, waste minimization methodology
steps, benefits of waste minimization in Petroleum industry. [10]
v v v
[5059]-734 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2
P2095
[5059] - 735
B.E. (Chemical Engineering) (Semester - II)
CHEMICAL PROCESS SAFETY
(2012 Pattern) (Elective - III)
Time : 2. Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q. 1 or Q. 2, Q. 3 or Q. 4, Q. 5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8. Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Write a short note on Event trees and fault trees. [8]
b) Discuss in detail the concept for preventing the fire and explosion.[10]
OR
Q8) a) Describe hazards Identification and state process hazards checklists.[10]
b) Describe Review of probability theory for Risk Assessment. [8]
eee
[5059] - 735 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P3088 [5059]-736 [Total No. of Pages : 3
Q1) a) Explain the theory of drying along with its equipment used in food
processing. Also explain how it affects on food. [5]
b) Explain how following techniques are used in food preservation with
suitable examples. [5]
i) Freeze drying
ii) Microwave processing
OR
Q2) a) Enlist and differentiate between dairy and non dairy products with suitable
examples. [5]
b) Write short note on [5]
i) Dielectric heating of food
ii) Radiation Processing
iii) Hydrostatic pressure cooking of food
Q3) a) Explain natural and ventilated low temperature storage used for fruits
and vegetables storage. [5]
b) Enlist various chemical properties of fruits and vegetables, Explain them
in detail with suitable examples. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What are various tests to be performed on raw milk before its approval
for further processing? [3]
b) Enlist various fruit and vegetable products. [2]
c) Explain theory and process of Paneer and Khoa making. [5]
[5059]-736 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Define and explain in short following size reduction laws [10]
i) Bonds law
ii) Rittingers law
iii) Kicks law
OR
Q6) a) Enlist various size reduction equipment along with type of forces acting
in them. Also mention at least three examples of each. [8]
OR
[5059]-736 2
Q9) a) Explain how assessment of fruits, vegetables, cereals and other food
products is done for its quality control. [6]
OR
Q10)a) Explain food regulation and its grades and standards along with various
methodologies and acts for it [8]
b) Explain the following [8]
i) USFDA
ii) Trends and composition of Indias foreign trade in food
P P P
[5059]-736 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P3089 [5059]-737 [Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E. (Chemical )
ADVANCED MATERIALS
(2012 Course) (Semester II) (409351) (Elective-III)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
OR
Q2) a) Describe advanced metallic systems used for special applications. [6]
b) Explain fiber technology in preparing composite polymeric materials. [6]
c) Explain the effect of microstructural design on properties of advanced
ceramic materials. [6]
OR
OR
[5059]-737 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain fabrication processes for preparing metal composites. [8]
b) Explain crack propagation mechanism in ceramic composites. [8]
OR
P P P
[5059]-737 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2
P2096
[5059] - 738
B.E. (Chemical) (Elective - IV)
CATALYSIS
(2012 Pattern)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q. 1 or Q. 2, Q. 3 or Q. 4, Q. 5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8. Q. 9 or Q. 10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Explain the major steps involved in the preparation of Catalysts. [8]
b) Explain the helium-mercury method for determining the void
volume. [8]
Q9) a) Explain the methods for evaluating the constants (k and Cm) of the
m-m equation. [9]
b) Give the kinetics of competitive inhibition. [9]
OR
Q10)Substrate A and enzyme E flows through a mixed how reactor of volume(V)
6 lit. Find a rate equation to represent the action of enzyme on the substrate
using the following data. [18]
CEO (mol/lit) 0.02 0.01 0.001
CAO (mol/lit) 0.2 0.3 0.69
CA (mol/lit) 0.04 0.15 0.6
v,(l/h) 3 4 1.2
eee
[5059] - 738 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
Q1) Compare polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell and solid oxide fuel cell.
Describe the construction and working of any one of them. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Calculate the current in amperes required to liberate silver completely
from a solution containing 7.5 103 kg of AgNO3 in one hour. (E.C.E.
of Ag = 1.118 103 kg/C, Atomic Mass of Ag = 108, N = 14, O = 16).
[5]
b) What is Emf of a cell? How it is calculated from emf of a half cell? [5]
Q5) a) Describe various overpotential losses and their importance in the design
considerations of a Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cell. [8]
b) Describe various cathodic catalyst materials used in the construction of
a Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cell and their possible functions in
its working. [8]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) Write short notes on any three : [16]
Q7) a) Describe the construction and working of tubular and flat Solid Oxide
Fuel Cell. [8]
OR
Q8) Describe the mechanism of charge transfer at extensive three phase boundaries,
and illustrate the importance of materials involved in its construction. [16]
Q9) Write down generic fuel conversion reactions before a fuel is fed to the fuel
cell. [18]
OR
[5059]-740 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2176 [5059]-740-A [Total No. of Pages : 2
B.E. (Chemical)
PETROCHEMICAL ENGINEERING
( 2012 Course) (Elective - IV) (Semester- II) (409352)
Q5) a) With neat sketches explain in detail about production ethylene glycol as
a second generation intermediates. [12]
b) Discuss the various types and uses of second generation intermediates
in petrochemicals. [6]
OR
Q6) With neat schematic diagram describe about the production of maleic anhydride
from benzene and also discuss the major Engineering problems. [18]
[5059]-740-A 1 P.T.O.
Q8) a) With neat sketches explain in detail about production of PVC along with
its engineering problems. [10]
b) What are various polymeric products? Differentiate between different
polymerization processes. [6]
v v v
[5059]-740-A 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
OR
Q3) a) What are the challenges and issues in RFID system? [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain in detail design guidelines for Internet of Things. [9]
OR
OR
Q8) a) Why security required in IoT? Explain in detail various security model in
Internet of Things. [10]
Q9) a) Write in detail business model scenario for Internet of Things. [6]
OR
Q10) a) Write applications of Internet of Things for e-health body area network.
[6]
ZZZ
[5059]-684 2